patch 8.2.0916: mapping with partly modifyOtherKeys code does not work

Problem:    Mapping with partly modifyOtherKeys code does not work.
Solution:   If there is no mapping with a separate modifier include the
            modifier in the key and then try mapping again. (closes #6200)

.cirrus.yml

@@ -13,5 +13,4 @@ freebsd_12_task:
     - make -j${NPROC}
     - src/vim --version
   test_script:
-    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
-    - cd src && make test
+    - make test

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ labels: enhancement
 
 _Instructions: Replace the template text and remove irrelevant text (including this line)_
 
-**Is your feature request related something that is currently hard to do? Please describe.**
+**Is your feature request about something that is currently impossible or hard to do? Please describe the problem.**
 A clear and concise description of what is hard to do. Ex. It is difficult to [...] when [...]
 (If it is related to runtime files, please check their header for where to discuss enhancements.)
 

.gitignore

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags

.travis.yml

@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ _anchors:
     - &normal
       BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
       CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &osx-huge # macOS build
       BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
       CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
     - &asan # ASAN build
       SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
       ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
@@ -125,7 +125,12 @@ script:
       # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
       # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
       sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+        # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      else
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      fi
       make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
     fi
   - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
@@ -141,11 +146,10 @@ script:
   - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
-
-# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
-# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
-# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
-# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
+# Instead of using all environments with both compilers on both systems,
+# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux.
+# On mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI, use 2 compilers in 2 environments.
+# Linux: 2 compilers on some of the environments + gcc on os390
 jobs:
   include:
     - <<: *osx

Filelist

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
 		ci/load-snd-dummy.sh \
+		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
@@ -128,8 +129,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/testing.c \
+		src/textformat.c \
+		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
 		src/time.c \
+		src/typval.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/usercmd.c \
@@ -153,6 +157,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
 		src/testdir/check.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
@@ -168,7 +173,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
@@ -183,8 +187,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
-		src/testdir/bench*.in \
-		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
@@ -281,8 +283,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/testing.pro \
+		src/proto/textformat.pro \
+		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/time.pro \
+		src/proto/typval.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
@@ -299,10 +304,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/LICENSE \
 		src/libvterm/Makefile \
 		src/libvterm/README \
+		src/libvterm/CONTRIBUTING \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
+		src/libvterm/find-wide-chars.pl \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm_keycodes.h \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding.c \
@@ -310,6 +317,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.tbl \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/fullwidth.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
@@ -340,16 +348,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/27state_reset.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/28state_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/30pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/40screen_ascii.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/41screen_unicode.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/42screen_damage.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/43screen_resize.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/44screen_pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/45screen_protect.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/46screen_extent.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/47screen_dbl_wh.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/48screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/30state_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/31state_rep.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/32state_flow.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/60screen_ascii.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/61screen_unicode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/62screen_damage.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/63screen_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/64screen_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/65screen_protect.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -409,6 +419,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_gtk_x11.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_res.xml \
 		src/gui_motif.c \
+		src/gui_xim.c \
 		src/gui_xmdlg.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.h \
@@ -432,6 +443,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
+		src/proto/gui_xim.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
@@ -610,7 +622,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 SRC_HAIKU =	\
 		README_haiku.txt \
 		src/os_haiku.h \
-		src/os_haiku.rdef \
+		src/os_haiku.rdef.in \
 		src/gui_haiku.cc \
 		src/gui_haiku.h \
 		src/proto/gui_haiku.pro \
@@ -664,10 +676,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/Make_mint.mak \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
-		src/os_beos.c \
-		src/os_beos.h \
-		src/os_beos.rsrc \
-		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -964,6 +972,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-pl.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \

READMEdir/README_haiku.txt

@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ software repository HaikuPorts. To get Vim:
 - Open a Terminal and type "pkgman install vim", then follow instructions.
 
 If you prefer to install Vim from source, follow the instructions on
-"runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt", "Compiling Haiku" section.
+"runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt", "Compiling Vim" section.

ci/config.mk.clang.sed

@@ -1 +1,2 @@
-/^RUBY_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=missing-field-initializers/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/

ci/config.mk.gcc.sed

@@ -1 +1 @@
-/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/

ci/config.mk.sed

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
-/^PERL_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/

runtime/compiler/eslint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "eslint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/standard.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "standard"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -317,7 +317,11 @@ CONVERTED = \
 	evim-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimdiff-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 	vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1 \
-	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1
+	xxd-ru.UTF-8.1 \
+	vim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	evim-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1 \
+	vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .txt .html
@@ -509,3 +513,15 @@ vimtutor-ru.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-ru.1
 
 xxd-ru.UTF-8.1: xxd-ru.1
 	iconv -f KOI8-R -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vim-tr.UTF-8.1: vim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+evim-tr.UTF-8.1: evim-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1: vimdiff-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@
+
+vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1: vimtutor-tr.1
+	iconv -f latin5 -t utf-8 $< >$@

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 11
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -996,9 +996,9 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 5. Copying and moving text				*copy-move*
 
 							*quote*
-"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}	Use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank
-			or put (use uppercase character to append with
-			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
+"{register}		Use {register} for next delete, yank or put.  Use
+			an uppercase character to append with delete and yank.
+			Registers ".", "%", "#" and ":" only work with put.
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
@@ -1688,6 +1688,10 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
+	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
+	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
+	"utf-8".
 j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
 	example, joining:
 		int i;   // the index ~

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -615,6 +615,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
+    :terminal
     :vglobal
     :windo
     :write !

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 22
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -475,6 +475,9 @@ This edits the same file again with 'fileformat' set to "unix". >
 	:w ++enc=latin1 newfile
 This writes the current buffer to "newfile" in latin1 format.
 
+The message given when writing a file will show "[converted]" when
+'fileencoding' or the value specified with ++enc differs from 'encoding'.
+
 There may be several ++opt arguments, separated by white space.  They must all
 appear before any |+cmd| argument.
 
@@ -1079,9 +1082,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 
 							*:q* *:quit*
 :q[uit]			Quit the current window.  Quit Vim if this is the last
-			window.  This fails when changes have been made and
-			Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
-			the last file in the argument list has not been
+			|edit-window|.  This fails when changes have been made
+			and Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and
+			when the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
@@ -1107,18 +1110,22 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			|quickfix|).
 
 							*:wq*
-:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the file is read-only or the buffer does not have a
-			name.  Quitting fails when the last file in the
-			argument list has not been edited.
+:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.
+			Writing fails when the file is read-only or the buffer
+			does not have a name.  Quitting fails when the last
+			file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the current buffer does not have a name.
+:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Writing fails
+			when the current buffer does not have a name.
 
-:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.  Quitting fails when the
+:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the window.  If this was the
+			last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Quitting fails when the
 			last file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.
+:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the current window.  Quit
+			Vim if this was the last |edit-window|.
 
 :[range]wq[!] [++opt] [file]
 			Same as above, but only write the lines in [range].
@@ -1135,10 +1142,10 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			Same as :xit.
 
 							*ZZ*
-ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and quit (same as
-			":x").  (Note: If there are several windows for the
-			current file, the file is written if it was modified
-			and the window is closed).
+ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and close the current
+			window (same as ":x").
+			If there are several windows for the current file,
+			only the current window is closed.
 
 							*ZQ*
 ZQ			Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
@@ -1319,6 +1326,10 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:tch* *:tchdir*
 :tch[dir][!]		Same as |:tcd|.
 
+							*:tcd-*
+:tcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":tcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:lc* *:lcd*
 :lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when
 			the cursor is in the current window.  The current
@@ -1328,9 +1339,28 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:lch* *:lchdir*
 :lch[dir][!]		Same as |:lcd|.
 
+							*:lcd-*
+:lcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory, before the
+			last ":lcd {path}" command.
+
 							*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
 :pw[d]			Print the current directory name.
 			Also see |getcwd()|.
+							*:pwd-verbose*
+			When 'verbose' is non-zero, |:pwd| will also display
+			what scope the current directory was set. Example: >
+
+				" Set by :cd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[global] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :lcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[window] /path/to/current
+
+				" Set by :tcd
+				:verbose pwd
+				[tabpage] /path/to/current
 
 So long as no |:lcd| or |:tcd| command has been used, all windows share the
 same current directory.  Using a command to jump to another window doesn't

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,15 +95,17 @@ the Number.  Examples:
 	Number -1	-->	String "-1" ~
 							*octal*
 Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits to
-a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9", Octal "017", and Binary "0b10" numbers are
-recognized (NOTE: when using |scriptversion-4| octal is not recognized).  If
-the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.
+a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9", Octal "017" or "0o17", and Binary "0b10"
+numbers are recognized (NOTE: when using |scriptversion-4| octal with a
+leading "0" is not recognized).  If the String doesn't start with digits, the
+result is zero.
 Examples:
 	String "456"	-->	Number 456 ~
 	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6 ~
 	String "foo"	-->	Number 0 ~
 	String "0xf1"	-->	Number 241 ~
 	String "0100"	-->	Number 64 ~
+	String "0o100"	-->	Number 64 ~
 	String "0b101"	-->	Number 5 ~
 	String "-8"	-->	Number -8 ~
 	String "+8"	-->	Number 0 ~
@@ -584,6 +586,8 @@ adict.
 Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
 	:call filter(dict, 'v:val =~ "x"')
 This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
+This can also be used to remove all entries: >
+	call filter(dict, 0)
 
 
 Dictionary function ~
@@ -1262,7 +1266,7 @@ number			number constant			*expr-number*
 				*hex-number* *octal-number* *binary-number*
 
 Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), Binary (starting with 0b or 0B)
-and Octal (starting with 0).
+and Octal (starting with 0, 0o or 0O).
 
 						*floating-point-format*
 Floating point numbers can be written in two forms:
@@ -1351,6 +1355,9 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 	To use the double quote character it must be escaped: "<M-\">".
 	Don't use <Char-xxxx> to get a utf-8 character, use \uxxxx as
 	mentioned above.
+\<*xxx>	Like \<xxx> but prepends a modifier instead of including it in the
+	character.  E.g. "\<C-w>" is one character 0x17 while "\<*C-w>" is four
+	bytes: 3 for the CTRL modifier and then character "W".
 
 Note that "\xff" is stored as the byte 255, which may be invalid in some
 encodings.  Use "\u00ff" to store character 255 according to the current value
@@ -1485,7 +1492,7 @@ the function returns: >
 	:echo Bar(6)
 <	5
 
-Note that the variables must exist in the outer scope before the lamba is
+Note that the variables must exist in the outer scope before the lambda is
 defined for this to work.  See also |:func-closure|.
 
 Lambda and closure support can be checked with: >
@@ -2317,11 +2324,12 @@ argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
 arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]]) Number	argument list id
 argv({nr} [, {winid}])		String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv([-1, {winid}])		List	the argument list
+asin({expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 assert_beeps({cmd})		Number	assert {cmd} causes a beep
 assert_equal({exp}, {act} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {exp} is equal to {act}
-assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
-				Number	assert file contents is equal
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
+				Number	assert file contents are equal
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {error} is in v:exception
 assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])
@@ -2338,7 +2346,6 @@ assert_notmatch({pat}, {text} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {pat} not matches {text}
 assert_report({msg})		Number	report a test failure
 assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])	Number	assert {actual} is true
-asin({expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 atan({expr})			Float	arc tangent of {expr}
 atan2({expr1}, {expr2})		Float	arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}
 balloon_gettext()		String	current text in the balloon
@@ -2429,12 +2436,12 @@ executable({expr})		Number	1 if executable {expr} exists
 execute({command})		String	execute {command} and get the output
 exepath({expr})			String	full path of the command {expr}
 exists({expr})			Number	|TRUE| if {expr} exists
-extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
-				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 exp({expr})			Float	exponential of {expr}
 expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand special keywords in {expr}
 expandcmd({expr})		String	expand {expr} like with `:edit`
+extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
+				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])	Number	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
 filereadable({file})		Number	|TRUE| if {file} is a readable file
 filewritable({file})		Number	|TRUE| if {file} is a writable file
@@ -2492,6 +2499,7 @@ getjumplist([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 getline({lnum})			String	line {lnum} of current buffer
 getline({lnum}, {end})		List	lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])	List	list of location list items
+getmarklist([{expr}])		List	list of global/local marks
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
 getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
@@ -2528,8 +2536,8 @@ histadd({history}, {item})	Number	add an item to a history
 histdel({history} [, {item}])	Number	remove an item from a history
 histget({history} [, {index}])	String	get the item {index} from a history
 histnr({history})		Number	highest index of a history
-hlexists({name})		Number	|TRUE| if highlight group {name} exists
 hlID({name})			Number	syntax ID of highlight group {name}
+hlexists({name})		Number	|TRUE| if highlight group {name} exists
 hostname()			String	name of the machine Vim is running on
 iconv({expr}, {from}, {to})	String	convert encoding of {expr}
 indent({lnum})			Number	indent of line {lnum}
@@ -2586,6 +2594,8 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})
+				none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
@@ -2627,14 +2637,16 @@ popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
 popup_getoptions({id})		Dict	get options of popup window {id}
 popup_getpos({id})		Dict	get position of popup window {id}
 popup_hide({id})		none	hide popup menu {id}
+popup_list()			List	get a list of window IDs of all popups
+popup_locate({row}, {col})	Number 	get window ID of popup at position
 popup_menu({what}, {options})	Number	create a popup window used as a menu
 popup_move({id}, {options})	none	set position of popup window {id}
 popup_notification({what}, {options})
 				Number	create a notification popup window
-popup_show({id})		none	unhide popup window {id}
 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})
 				none	set options for popup window {id}
 popup_settext({id}, {text})	none	set the text of popup window {id}
+popup_show({id})		none	unhide popup window {id}
 pow({x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
 printf({fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
@@ -2646,7 +2658,7 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])
 				none	remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 				Dict	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})	List	text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])	List	text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 				Number	remove a text property
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})	none	define a new property type
@@ -2654,20 +2666,23 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})
 				none	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])
 				none	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])
 				Dict	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])	List	get list of property types
 pum_getpos()			Dict	position and size of pum if visible
 pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
-pyeval({expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
 py3eval({expr})			any	evaluate |python3| expression
+pyeval({expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
 pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
 rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr}])	List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
+readdirex({dir} [, {expr}])	List	file info in {dir} selected by {expr}
 readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
 				List	get list of lines from file {fname}
+reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])
+				any	reduce {object} using {func}
 reg_executing()			String	get the executing register name
 reg_recording()			String	get the recording register name
 reltime([{start} [, {end}]])	List	get time value
@@ -2701,15 +2716,16 @@ screencol()			Number	current cursor column
 screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col}) Dict	screen row and col of a text character
 screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 screenstring({row}, {col})	String	characters at screen position
-search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
+search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 				Number	search for {pattern}
+searchcount([{options}])	Dict	get or update search stats
 searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
 				Number	search for variable declaration
 searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [...]]])
 				Number	search for other end of start/end pair
 searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [...]]])
 				List	search for other end of start/end pair
-searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
+searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 				List	search for {pattern}
 server2client({clientid}, {string})
 				Number	send reply string
@@ -2783,9 +2799,9 @@ str2list({expr} [, {utf8}])	List	convert each character of {expr} to
 					ASCII/UTF8 value
 str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])
 				Number	convert String to Number
-strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strcharpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
 				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
+strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
 strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	format time with a specified format
 strgetchar({str}, {index})	Number	get char {index} from {str}
@@ -2818,8 +2834,8 @@ systemlist({expr} [, {input}])	List	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist([{arg}])		List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr([{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
 tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}]) Number	number of current window in tab page
-taglist({expr} [, {filename}])	List	list of tags matching {expr}
 tagfiles()			List	tags files used
+taglist({expr} [, {filename}])	List	list of tags matching {expr}
 tan({expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
 tanh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic tangent of {expr}
 tempname()			String	name for a temporary file
@@ -2843,9 +2859,9 @@ term_gettty({buf}, [{input}])	String	get the tty name of a terminal
 term_list()			List	get the list of terminal buffers
 term_scrape({buf}, {row})	List	get row of a terminal screen
 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})	none	send keystrokes to a terminal
-term_setapi({buf}, {expr})	none	set |terminal-api| function name prefix
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})
 				none	set ANSI palette in GUI color mode
+term_setapi({buf}, {expr})	none	set |terminal-api| function name prefix
 term_setkill({buf}, {how})	none	set signal to stop job in terminal
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command}) none	set command to restore terminal
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})
@@ -2868,16 +2884,16 @@ test_null_job()			Job	null value for testing
 test_null_list()		List	null value for testing
 test_null_partial()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
-test_unknown()			any	unknown value for testing
-test_void()			any	void value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
 test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})
 				none	scroll in the GUI for testing
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
-test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
+test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
+test_unknown()			any	unknown value for testing
+test_void()			any	void value for testing
 timer_info([{id}])		List	information about timers
 timer_pause({id}, {pause})	none	pause or unpause a timer
 timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
@@ -2888,7 +2904,8 @@ tolower({expr})			String	the String {expr} switched to lowercase
 toupper({expr})			String	the String {expr} switched to uppercase
 tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
 					to chars in {tostr}
-trim({text} [, {mask}])		String	trim characters in {mask} from {text}
+trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])
+				String	trim characters in {mask} from {text}
 trunc({expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
 type({name})			Number	type of variable {name}
 undofile({name})		String	undo file name for {name}
@@ -2912,6 +2929,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])
 				Number	move window {nr} to split of {target}
 winbufnr({nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
+windowsversion()		String	MS-Windows OS version
 winheight({nr})			Number	height of window {nr}
 winlayout([{tabnr}])		List	layout of windows in tab {tabnr}
 winline()			Number	window line of the cursor
@@ -3050,7 +3068,7 @@ arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		{winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
 
 							*argv()*
-argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
+argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])
 		The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list.  See
 		|arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.  Example: >
 	:let i = 0
@@ -4027,7 +4045,7 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		On MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can optionally be
 		included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are tried.  Thus if
 		"foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be found.  If
-		$PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
+		$PATHEXT is not set then ".com;.exe;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
 		by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using the name
 		without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a Unix shell,
 		then the name is also tried without adding an extension.
@@ -4378,7 +4396,7 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 			script continues.
 			Note that if you manage to call feedkeys() while
 			executing commands, thus calling it recursively, then
-			all typehead will be consumed by the last call.
+			all typeahead will be consumed by the last call.
 		'!'	When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode. Can be
 			used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode
 			a little later.  Useful for testing CursorHoldI.
@@ -4414,7 +4432,7 @@ filewritable({file})					*filewritable()*
 		directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
-			GetName()->filewriteable()
+			GetName()->filewritable()
 
 
 filter({expr1}, {expr2})				*filter()*
@@ -5355,6 +5373,27 @@ getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 					|location-list-file-window| for more
 					details.
 
+getmarklist([{expr}]					*getmarklist()*
+		Without the {expr} argument returns a |List| with information
+		about all the global marks. |mark|
+
+		If the optional {expr} argument is specified, returns the
+		local marks defined in buffer {expr}.  For the use of {expr},
+		see |bufname()|.
+
+		Each item in the retuned List is a |Dict| with the following:
+		    name - name of the mark prefixed by "'"
+		    pos - a |List| with the position of the mark:
+				[bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+			  Refer to |getpos()| for more information.
+		    file - file name
+
+		Refer to |getpos()| for getting information about a specific
+		mark.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->getmarklist()
+
 getmatches([{win}])					*getmatches()*
 		Returns a |List| with all matches previously defined for the
 		current window by |matchadd()| and the |:match| commands.
@@ -5394,7 +5433,7 @@ getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
 		"screenrow" and "screencol" are valid, the others are zero.
 
 		When on the status line below a window or the vertical
-		separater right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
+		separator right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
 		are zero.
 
 		When the position is after the text then "column" is the
@@ -5477,8 +5516,9 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 			id	get information for the quickfix list with
 				|quickfix-ID|; zero means the id for the
 				current list or the list specified by "nr"
-			idx	index of the current entry in the quickfix
-				list specified by 'id' or 'nr'.
+			idx	get information for the quickfix entry at this
+				index in the list specified by 'id' or 'nr'.
+				If set to zero, then uses the current entry.
 				See |quickfix-index|
 			items	quickfix list entries
 			lines	parse a list of lines using 'efm' and return
@@ -5514,7 +5554,7 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 				If not present, set to "".
 			id	quickfix list ID |quickfix-ID|. If not
 				present, set to 0.
-			idx	index of the current entry in the list. If not
+			idx	index of the quickfix entry in the list. If not
 				present, set to 0.
 			items	quickfix list entries. If not present, set to
 				an empty list.
@@ -5854,7 +5894,7 @@ has({feature} [, {check}])
 
 		Note that to skip code that has a syntax error when the
 		feature is not available, Vim may skip the rest of the line
-		and miss a following `endif`.  Therfore put the `endif` on a
+		and miss a following `endif`.  Therefore put the `endif` on a
 		separate line: >
 			if has('feature')
 			  let x = this->breaks->without->the->feature
@@ -6792,6 +6832,7 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->map(expr2)
 
+
 maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
 		{name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
@@ -6824,7 +6865,10 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is there and it is |TRUE| return a dictionary
 		containing all the information of the mapping with the
 		following items:
-		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping.
+		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping as it would be typed
+		  "lhsraw"   The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes
+		  "lhsrawalt" The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes, alternate
+		  	      form, only present when it differs from "lhsraw"
 		  "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
 		  "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
 		  "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
@@ -6843,6 +6887,9 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
 			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
 
+		The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
+		|mapset()|.
+
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
 		This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
@@ -6888,6 +6935,23 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')
 
+
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})				*mapset()*
+		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
+		{mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call to
+		|maparg()|. *E460*
+		{mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
+		not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
+		Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >
+			let save_map = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
+			nnoremap K somethingelse
+			...
+			call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
+<		Note that if you are going to replace a map in several modes,
+		e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save the mapping for all of
+		them, since they can differ.
+
+
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 		When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
 		first item where {pat} matches.  Each item is used as a
@@ -7782,11 +7846,11 @@ rand([{expr}])						*rand()* *random*
 			:echo rand(seed)
 			:echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
 <
-							*readdir()*
-readdir({directory} [, {expr}])
+readdir({directory} [, {expr}])				*readdir()*
 		Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
 		You can also use |glob()| if you don't need to do complicated
 		things, such as limiting the number of matches.
+		The list will be sorted (case sensitive).
 
 		When {expr} is omitted all entries are included.
 		When {expr} is given, it is evaluated to check what to do:
@@ -7796,6 +7860,7 @@ readdir({directory} [, {expr}])
 			added to the list.
 			If {expr} results in 1 then this entry will be added
 			to the list.
+		The entries "." and ".." are always excluded.
 		Each time {expr} is evaluated |v:val| is set to the entry name.
 		When {expr} is a function the name is passed as the argument.
 		For example, to get a list of files ending in ".txt": >
@@ -7813,6 +7878,59 @@ readdir({directory} [, {expr}])
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetDirName()->readdir()
+<
+readdirex({directory} [, {expr}])			*readdirex()*
+		Extended version of |readdir()|.
+		Return a list of Dictionaries with file and directory
+		information in {directory}.
+		This is useful if you want to get the attributes of file and
+		directory at the same time as getting a list of a directory.
+		This is much faster than calling |readdir()| then calling
+		|getfperm()|, |getfsize()|, |getftime()| and |getftype()| for
+		each file and directory especially on MS-Windows.
+		The list will be sorted by name (case sensitive).
+
+		The Dictionary for file and directory information has the
+		following items:
+			group	Group name of the entry. (Only on Unix)
+			name	Name of the entry.
+			perm	Permissions of the entry. See |getfperm()|.
+			size	Size of the entry. See |getfsize()|.
+			time	Timestamp of the entry. See |getftime()|.
+			type	Type of the entry.
+				On Unix, almost same as |getftype()| except:
+				    Symlink to a dir	"linkd"
+				    Other symlink	"link"
+				On MS-Windows:
+				    Normal file		"file"
+				    Directory		"dir"
+				    Junction		"junction"
+				    Symlink to a dir	"linkd"
+				    Other symlink	"link"
+				    Other reparse point	"reparse"
+			user	User name of the entry's owner. (Only on Unix)
+		On Unix, if the entry is a symlink, the Dictionary includes
+		the information of the target (except the "type" item).
+		On MS-Windows, it includes the information of the symlink
+		itself because of performance reasons.
+
+		When {expr} is omitted all entries are included.
+		When {expr} is given, it is evaluated to check what to do:
+			If {expr} results in -1 then no further entries will
+			be handled.
+			If {expr} results in 0 then this entry will not be
+			added to the list.
+			If {expr} results in 1 then this entry will be added
+			to the list.
+		The entries "." and ".." are always excluded.
+		Each time {expr} is evaluated |v:val| is set to a Dictionary
+		of the entry.
+		When {expr} is a function the entry is passed as the argument.
+		For example, to get a list of files ending in ".txt": >
+		  readdirex(dirname, {e -> e.name =~ '.txt$'})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetDirName()->readdirex()
 <
 							*readfile()*
 readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
@@ -7851,6 +7969,26 @@ readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetFileName()->readfile()
 
+reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])			*reduce()* *E998*
+		{func} is called for every item in {object}, which can be a
+		|List| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with two arguments: the
+		result so far and current item.  After processing all items
+		the result is returned.
+
+		{initial} is the initial result.  When omitted, the first item
+		in {object} is used and {func} is first called for the second
+		item.  If {initial} is not given and {object} is empty no
+		result can be computed, an E998 error is given.
+
+		Examples: >
+			echo reduce([1, 3, 5], { acc, val -> acc + val })
+			echo reduce(['x', 'y'], { acc, val -> acc .. val }, 'a')
+			echo reduce(0z1122, { acc, val -> 2 * acc + val })
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			echo mylist->reduce({ acc, val -> acc + val }, 0)
+
+
 reg_executing()						*reg_executing()*
 		Returns the single letter name of the register being executed.
 		Returns an empty string when no register is being executed.
@@ -8226,8 +8364,9 @@ screenstring({row}, {col})					*screenstring()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRow()->screenstring(col)
-
-search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
+<
+								*search()*
+search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
@@ -8275,6 +8414,15 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		giving the argument.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+reltime| feature}
 
+		If the {skip} expression is given it is evaluated with the
+		cursor positioned on the start of a match.  If it evaluates to
+		non-zero this match is skipped.  This can be used, for
+		example, to skip a match in a comment or a string.
+		{skip} can be a string, which is evaluated as an expression, a
+		function reference or a lambda.
+		When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
+		When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
+		and -1 returned.
 							*search()-sub-match*
 		With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
 		first sub-match in \(\).  One if none of them matched but the
@@ -8316,6 +8464,128 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPattern()->search()
 
+searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
+		Get or update the last search count, like what is displayed
+		without the "S" flag in 'shortmess'.  This works even if
+		'shortmess' does contain the "S" flag.
+
+		This returns a Dictionary. The dictionary is empty if the
+		previous pattern was not set and "pattern" was not specified.
+
+		  key		type		meaning ~
+		  current	|Number|	current position of match;
+						0 if the cursor position is
+						before the first match
+		  exact_match	|Boolean|	1 if "current" is matched on
+						"pos", otherwise 0
+		  total		|Number|	total count of matches found
+		  incomplete	|Number|	0: search was fully completed
+						1: recomputing was timed out
+						2: max count exceeded
+
+		For {options} see further down.
+
+		To get the last search count when |n| or |N| was pressed, call
+		this function with `recompute: 0` . This sometimes returns
+		wrong information because |n| and |N|'s maximum count is 99.
+		If it exceeded 99 the result must be max count + 1 (100). If
+		you want to get correct information, specify `recompute: 1`: >
+
+			" result == maxcount + 1 (100) when many matches
+			let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
+
+			" Below returns correct result (recompute defaults
+			" to 1)
+			let result = searchcount()
+<
+		The function is useful to add the count to |statusline|: >
+			function! LastSearchCount() abort
+			  let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
+			  if empty(result)
+			    return ''
+			  endif
+			  if result.incomplete ==# 1     " timed out
+			    return printf(' /%s [?/??]', @/)
+			  elseif result.incomplete ==# 2 " max count exceeded
+			    if result.total > result.maxcount &&
+			    \  result.current > result.maxcount
+			      return printf(' /%s [>%d/>%d]', @/,
+			      \             result.current, result.total)
+			    elseif result.total > result.maxcount
+			      return printf(' /%s [%d/>%d]', @/,
+			      \             result.current, result.total)
+			    endif
+			  endif
+			  return printf(' /%s [%d/%d]', @/,
+			  \             result.current, result.total)
+			endfunction
+			let &statusline .= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
+
+			" Or if you want to show the count only when
+			" 'hlsearch' was on
+			" let &statusline .=
+			" \   '%{v:hlsearch ? LastSearchCount() : ""}'
+<
+		You can also update the search count, which can be useful in a
+		|CursorMoved| or |CursorMovedI| autocommand: >
+
+			autocmd CursorMoved,CursorMovedI *
+			  \ let s:searchcount_timer = timer_start(
+			  \   200, function('s:update_searchcount'))
+			function! s:update_searchcount(timer) abort
+			  if a:timer ==# s:searchcount_timer
+			    call searchcount(#{
+			    \ recompute: 1, maxcount: 0, timeout: 100})
+			    redrawstatus
+			  endif
+			endfunction
+<
+		This can also be used to count matched texts with specified
+		pattern in the current buffer using "pattern":  >
+
+			" Count '\<foo\>' in this buffer
+			" (Note that it also updates search count)
+			let result = searchcount(#{pattern: '\<foo\>'})
+
+			" To restore old search count by old pattern,
+			" search again
+			call searchcount()
+<
+		{options} must be a Dictionary. It can contain:
+		  key		type		meaning ~
+		  recompute	|Boolean|	if |TRUE|, recompute the count
+						like |n| or |N| was executed.
+						otherwise returns the last
+						computed result (when |n| or
+						|N| was used when "S" is not
+						in 'shortmess', or this
+						function was called).
+						(default: |TRUE|)
+		  pattern	|String|	recompute if this was given
+						and different with |@/|.
+						this works as same as the
+						below command is executed
+						before calling this function >
+						  let @/ = pattern
+<						(default: |@/|)
+		  timeout	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
+						timeout. timeout milliseconds
+						for recomputing the result
+						(default: 0)
+		  maxcount	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
+						limit. max count of matched
+						text while recomputing the
+						result.  if search exceeded
+						total count, "total" value
+						becomes `maxcount + 1`
+						(default: 0)
+		  pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
+						when recomputing the result.
+						this changes "current" result
+						value. see |cursor()|, |getpos()
+						(default: cursor's position)
+
+
 searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])			*searchdecl()*
 		Search for the declaration of {name}.
 
@@ -8436,7 +8706,8 @@ searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}
 <
 		See |match-parens| for a bigger and more useful example.
 
-searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*searchpos()*
+							*searchpos()*
+searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 		Same as |search()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
 		column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
 		is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
@@ -8786,6 +9057,11 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		    nr		list number in the quickfix stack; zero
 				means the current quickfix list and "$" means
 				the last quickfix list.
+		    quickfixtextfunc
+				function to get the text to display in the
+				quickfix window.  Refer to
+				|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation
+				of how to write the function and an example.
 		    title	quickfix list title text. See |quickfix-title|
 		Unsupported keys in {what} are ignored.
 		If the "nr" item is not present, then the current quickfix list
@@ -9381,8 +9657,8 @@ str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])				*str2nr()*
 <
 		When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
 		different base the result will be zero.  Similarly, when
-		{base} is 8 a leading "0" is ignored, and when {base} is 2 a
-		leading "0b" or "0B" is ignored.
+		{base} is 8 a leading "0", "0o" or "0O" is ignored, and when
+		{base} is 2 a leading "0b" or "0B" is ignored.
 		Text after the number is silently ignored.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -10191,13 +10467,22 @@ tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})				*tr()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->tr(from, to)
 
-trim({text} [, {mask}])						*trim()*
+trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])				*trim()*
 		Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is
-		removed from the beginning and  end of {text}.
+		removed from the beginning and/or end of {text}.
+
 		If {mask} is not given, {mask} is all characters up to 0x20,
 		which includes Tab, space, NL and CR, plus the non-breaking
 		space character 0xa0.
-		This code deals with multibyte characters properly.
+
+		The optional {dir} argument specifies where to remove the
+		characters:
+			0	remove from the beginning and end of {text}
+			1	remove only at the beginning of {text}
+			2	remove only at the end of {text}
+		When omitted both ends are trimmed.
+
+		This function deals with multibyte characters properly.
 
 		Examples: >
 			echo trim("   some text ")
@@ -10205,7 +10490,9 @@ trim({text} [, {mask}])						*trim()*
 			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") . "_TAIL"
 <		returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >
 			echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
-<		returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed)
+<		returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed) >
+			echo trim("  vim  ", " ", 2)
+<		returns "  vim"
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->trim()
@@ -11116,6 +11403,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			NOTE: Use ! wisely.  If used without care it can cause
 			an existing function to be replaced unexpectedly,
 			which is hard to debug.
+			NOTE: In Vim9 script script-local functions cannot be
+			deleted or redefined.
 
 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
 
@@ -13319,13 +13608,16 @@ instead of failing in mysterious ways.
 <
 							*scriptversion-4*  >
  :scriptversion 4
-<	Numbers with a leading zero are not recognized as octal.  With the
+<	Numbers with a leading zero are not recognized as octal.  "0o" or "0O"
+	is still recognized as octal.  With the
 	previous version you get: >
-		echo 017   " displays 15
-		echo 018   " displays 18
+		echo 017   " displays 15 (octal)
+		echo 0o17  " displays 15 (octal)
+		echo 018   " displays 18 (decimal)
 <	with script version 4: >
-		echo 017   " displays 17
-		echo 018   " displays 18
+		echo 017   " displays 17 (decimal)
+		echo 0o17  " displays 15 (octal)
+		echo 018   " displays 18 (decimal)
 <	Also, it is possible to use single quotes inside numbers to make them
 	easier to read: >
 		echo 1'000'000

runtime/doc/evim-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 <20>ubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyay<61> Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan d<>zenleyin
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[se<73>enekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>r ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz d<>zenleyici gibi davranmas<61>n<EFBFBD> sa<73>lar.
+Bu bildi<64>iniz Vim'dir, ancak bir t<>kla ve yaz d<>zenleyicisi gibi <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+Bir <20>rnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows <20>zerindeki Not Defteri gibi d<><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>n.
+.B eVim
+men<EFBFBD>lere ve ara<72> <20>ubuklar<61>na eri<72>im sa<73>layabilmeniz i<>in grafik arabirimde <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca Vim ile normal bi<62>imde <20>al<61><6C>amayan ki<6B>ilerin kullan<61>m<EFBFBD> i<>indir.
+Dosya d<>zenleme i<>i <20>ok daha verimsiz olacakt<6B>r.
+.PP
+.B eview'<27>n
+ayn<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>r, ancak saltokunur kipte ba<62>lar. evim \-R ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakk<6B>nda ayr<79>nt<6E>l<EFBFBD> bilgi i<>in: vim(1)
+.PP
+Do<EFBFBD>rudan metin giri<72>ini sa<73>layabilmek i<>in 'insertmode' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.br
+E<EFBFBD>lemlemeler Kopyala ve Yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r MS-Windows ile ayn<79> olacak bi<62>imde ayarlan<61>r.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yap<61><70>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal i<>levi i<>in CTRL-Q kullan<61>n.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Bilgi i<>in: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek i<>in kullan<61>lan betik.
+.SH NAM-I D<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ER
+Nam-<2D> di<64>er "Lastik <20>izmeliler i<>in Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullan<61>rken bir mendili al<61>p iki ucundan birer d<><64><EFBFBD>m yapman<61>z
+ve kafan<61>za takman<61>z beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in Yard<72>m/Te<54>ekk<6B>rler men<65>s<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.

runtime/doc/evim-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 Şubat 2002"
+.SH AD
+evim \- kolay Vim, bir dosyayı Vim ile herhangi bir kip olmadan düzenleyin
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B evim
+[seçenekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH TANIM
+.B eVim,
+.B Vim'i
+başlatır ve onu herhangi bir kipsiz düzenleyici gibi davranmasını sağlar.
+Bu bildiğiniz Vim'dir, ancak bir tıkla ve yaz düzenleyicisi gibi çalışır.
+Bir örnek vermek gerekirse MS-Windows üzerindeki Not Defteri gibi düşünün.
+.B eVim
+menülere ve araç çubuklarına erişim sağlayabilmeniz için grafik arabirimde çalışır.
+.PP
+Yalnızca Vim ile normal biçimde çalışamayan kişilerin kullanımı içindir.
+Dosya düzenleme işi çok daha verimsiz olacaktır.
+.PP
+.B eview'ün
+aynısıdır, ancak saltokunur kipte başlar. evim \-R ile de başlatılabilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi için: vim(1)
+.PP
+Doğrudan metin girişini sağlayabilmek için 'insertmode' seçeneği açılır.
+.br
+Eşlemlemeler Kopyala ve Yapıştır MS-Windows ile aynı olacak biçimde ayarlanır.
+CTRL-X metni keser, CTRL-C metni kopyalar ve CTRL-V metni yapıştırır.
+CTRL-V'nin orijinal işlevi için CTRL-Q kullanın.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Bilgi için: vim(1).
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+eVim'i ilklendirmek için kullanılan betik.
+.SH NAM-I DİĞER
+Nam-ı diğer "Lastik Çizmeliler için Vim" (Gumbies, Monty Python).
+eVim'i kullanırken bir mendili alıp iki ucundan birer düğüm yapmanız
+ve kafanıza takmanız beklenir.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için Yardım/Teşekkürler menüsüne bakın.

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -198,13 +198,13 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_amiga.txt|	Amiga
 |os_beos.txt|	BeOS and BeBox
 |os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows common items
+|os_haiku.txt|	Haiku
 |os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_mint.txt|	Atari MiNT
 |os_msdos.txt|	MS-DOS (plain DOS and DOS box under Windows)
 |os_os2.txt|	OS/2
 |os_qnx.txt|	QNX
 |os_risc.txt|	RISC-OS
-|os_haiku.txt|	Haiku
 |os_unix.txt|	Unix
 |os_vms.txt|	VMS
 |os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -199,6 +199,15 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
 				current.
 
+	vim.call({name} [,{args}])
+				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with 
+				arguments {args}.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.call('has', 'timers'))
+<
+	vim.fn			Proxy to call Vim functions. Proxy methods are
+				created on demand.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.fn.has('timers'))
+<
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. List userdata					*lua-list*

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -570,9 +570,15 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      with "#" does not work.
 
 
+	PN    When N is non-zero recognize C pragmas, and indent them like any
+	      other code; does not concern other preprocessor directives.
+	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize C pragmas, treating
+	      them like every other preprocessor directive.
+
+
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,E0,ps,ts,is,+s,
-			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0,P0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#0'.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 27
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -246,8 +246,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}  use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next
-				   delete, yank or put (uppercase to append)
+|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -365,8 +364,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   register x]
 |Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for
 				   "yy"
-|ZZ|		ZZ		   store current file if modified, and exit
-|ZQ|		ZQ		   exit current file always
+|ZZ|		ZZ		   write if buffer changed and close window
+|ZQ|		ZQ		   close window without writing
 |[|		[{char}		   square bracket command (see |[| below)
 		\		   not used
 |]|		]{char}		   square bracket command (see |]| below)
@@ -829,7 +828,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zD|		zD		   delete folds recursively
 |zE|		zE		   eliminate all folds
 |zF|		zF		   create a fold for N lines
-|zG|		zG		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zG|		zG		   temporarily mark word as good spelled word
 |zH|		zH		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
 				   to the right
 |zL|		zL		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
@@ -838,7 +837,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zN|		zN		   set 'foldenable'
 |zO|		zO		   open folds recursively
 |zR|		zR		   set 'foldlevel' to the deepest fold
-|zW|		zW		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zW|		zW		   temporarily mark word as bad spelled word
 |zX|		zX		   re-apply 'foldlevel'
 |z^|		z^		   cursor on line N (default line above
 				   window), otherwise like "z-"
@@ -850,7 +849,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   position the cursor at the end (right side)
 				   of the screen
 |zf|		zf{motion}	   create a fold for Nmove text
-|zg|		zg		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zg|		zg		   permanently mark word as good spelled word
 |zh|		zh		   when 'wrap' off scroll screen N characters
 				   to the right
 |zi|		zi		   toggle 'foldenable'
@@ -871,7 +870,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zuW|		zuW		   undo |zW|
 |zuG|		zuG		   undo |zG|
 |zv|		zv		   open enough folds to view the cursor line
-|zw|		zw		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zw|		zw		   permanently mark word as bad spelled word
 |zx|		zx		   re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
 |zz|		zz		   redraw, cursor line at center of window
 |z<Left>|	z<Left>		   same as "zh"
@@ -1115,7 +1114,7 @@ tag		char		action in Terminal-Job mode	~
 |t_CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 |t_CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	type CTRL-W in the terminal
 		CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
-|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {register}
 				paste register in the terminal
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C	forcefully ends the job
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
@@ -1263,6 +1262,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:debug|	:deb[ug]	run a command in debugging mode
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
 |:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
+|:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
 |:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
-|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
+|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and close window
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"
 |:xmapclear|	:xmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
 |:xmap|		:xm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 25
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.
 
-							*E565*
+							*E578* *E565*
 Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively and
 buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
 will generate an E565 error.

runtime/doc/makehtml.awk

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ substr($0,length($0),1) == "~" { print "<B><FONT COLOR=\"PURPLE\">" substr($0,1,
 #
 #ad hoc code
 #
-/^"\|\& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
+/^"\|& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
 / = b / {gsub(/ b /," \\&#98; "); }
 #
 # one letter tag

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 19
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>*
+						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 10
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -5427,6 +5427,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
 		considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
 		"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
+	unsigned    If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned. Thus a
+		leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
+		the number.  Examples:
+		    Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
+		    Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
+		    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
+		    Using CTRL-X on "0" or "18446744073709551615" (2^64) has
+		    no effect, overflow is prevented.
 	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
 	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
 	recognized as octal or hex.
@@ -5889,6 +5898,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'pyxversion' has no effect.  The pyx* functions and commands are
 	always the same as the compiled version.
 
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'quickfixtextfunc'* *'qftf'*
+'quickfixtextfunc' 'qftf'	string (default "")
+			global
+			{only available when compiled with the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
+	This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
+	in the quickfix and location list windows.  This can be used to
+	customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
+	for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list.  See
+	|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation of how to write the
+	function and an example.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -8323,13 +8347,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Currently, these messages are given:
 	>= 1	When the viminfo file is read or written.
 	>= 2	When a file is ":source"'ed.
+	>= 4	Shell commands.
 	>= 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
 	>= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
 	>= 9	Every executed autocommand.
+	>= 11	Finding items in a path
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
 	>= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
-	>= 15	Every executed Ex command (truncated at 200 characters).
+	>= 15	Every executed Ex command from a script (truncated at 200
+		characters).
+	>= 16	Every executed Ex command
 
 	This option can also be set with the "-V" argument.  See |-V|.
 	This option is also set by the |:verbose| command.

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 19
+*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,8 +25,9 @@ targets personal computing.
  9. The meta key modifier	|haiku-meta|
 10. Mouse key mappings		|haiku-mouse|
 11. Color names			|haiku-colors|
-12. Credits			|haiku-support-credits|
-13. Bugs & to-do		|haiku-bugs|
+12. GUI Toolbar Images		|haiku-toolbar-images|
+13. Credits			|haiku-support-credits|
+14. Bugs & to-do		|haiku-bugs|
 
 
 1. General						*haiku-general*
@@ -46,12 +47,11 @@ features you can enable/disable.
 
 Haiku uses "ncurses6" as its terminal library, therefore you need to have
 "ncurses6_devel" package installed from HaikuDepot in order to configure
-the Haiku build. Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
-below for the initial build.
+the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
 
 Now you should use "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
 For seamless integration into Haiku, the GUI-less vim binary should be
-additionally installed over the GUI version. Typical build commands are: >
+additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
 
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@ additionally installed over the GUI version. Typical build commands are: >
 
 Normally Vim starts with the GUI if you start it as gvim or vim -g.  The vim
 version with GUI tries to determine if it was started from the Tracker instead
-of the Terminal, and if so, uses the GUI anyway. However, the current detection
+of the Terminal, and if so, uses the GUI anyway.  However, the current detection
 scheme is fooled if you use the command "vim - </dev/null".
 
 Stuff that does not work yet:
 
-- Mouse up events are not generated when outside the window. This may be a bug in
-  Haiku. You can notice this when selecting text and moving the cursor outside
-  the window, then letting go of the mouse button.  Another way is when you
-  drag the scrollbar and do the same thing.  Because Vim still thinks you are
-  still playing with the scrollbar it won't change it itself. I provided a
-  workaround which kicks in when the window is activated or deactivated (so it
-  works best with focus- follows-mouse turned on).
+- Mouse up events are not generated when outside the window.  You can notice
+  this when selecting text and moving the cursor outside the window, then
+  letting go of the mouse button.  Another way is when you drag the scrollbar
+  and do the same thing.  Because Vim still thinks you are still playing with
+  the scrollbar it won't change it itself.  There is a workaround which kicks
+  in when the window is activated or deactivated (so it works best with focus-
+  follows-mouse turned on).
 - The cursor does not flash.
 
 
 4. The $VIM directory					*haiku-vimdir*
 
 $VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vim's support files are stored.
-The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >
+The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
 
   :version
 
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ The normal value is /boot/home/config/settings.
 You can drop files and directories on either the Vim icon (starts a new Vim
 session, unless you use the File Types application to set Vim to be "Single
 Launch") or on the Vim window (starts editing the files).  Dropping a folder
-sets Vim's current working directory. |:cd| |:pwd| If you drop files or
+sets Vim's current working directory |:cd| |:pwd|.  If you drop files or
 folders with either SHIFT key pressed, Vim changes directory to the folder
 that contains the first item dropped.  When starting Vim, there is no need to
 press shift: Vim behaves as if you do.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ isn't a dotted-y, then for this font the encoding does not work.
 
 If the font you specify is unavailable, you get the system fixed font.
 
-GUI Font Selection Dialog is available at giving the >
+GUI Font Selection Dialog is available at giving the:
 
   :set guifont=*
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ All the changes and patches released under vim-license.
 Thank you, all!
 
 
-13. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
+14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
  
 The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
 reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ A. VisionFS can't handle certain dot (.) three letter extension file names.
    SCO declares this behavior required for backwards compatibility with 16bit
    DOS/Windows environments.  The two commands below demonstrate the behavior:
 >
-	echo Hello > file.bat~ 
+	echo Hello > file.bat~
 	dir > file.bat
 <
    The result is that the "dir" command updates the "file.bat~" file, instead

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ different:						*E863*
 - When the job ends, the popup window closes.
 - The popup window can be closed with `popup_close()`, the terminal buffer
   then becomes hidden.
+- It is not possible to open a second popup window with a terminal. *E861*
 - The default Pmenu color is only used for the border and padding.  To change
   the color of the terminal itself set the Terminal highlight group before
   creating the terminal.  Setting 'wincolor' later can work but requires the
@@ -197,6 +198,7 @@ Other:
 	|popup_getoptions()|	get current options for a popup
 	|popup_getpos()|	get actual position and size of a popup
 	|popup_locate()|	find popup window at a screen position
+	|popup_list()|		get list of all popups
 
 
 DETAILS						*popup-function-details*
@@ -235,8 +237,15 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 			GetText()->popup_beval({})
 <
 							*popup_clear()*
-popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
+popup_clear([{force}])
+		Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
+		Close callbacks are not invoked.
+		When {force} is not present this will fail if the current
+		window is a popup.
+		When {force} is present and |TRUE| the popup is also closed
+		when it is the current window.  If a terminal is running in a
+		popup it is killed.
 
 
 popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
@@ -415,6 +424,10 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
 
+popup_list()						 *popup_list()*
+		Return a List with the |window-ID| of all existing popups.
+
+
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
 		and {col}.  If there are multiple popups the one with the

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ This subject is introduced in section |30.1| of the user manual.
 7. The error format			|error-file-format|
 8. The directory stack			|quickfix-directory-stack|
 9. Specific error file formats		|errorformats|
+10. Customizing the quickfix window	|quickfix-window-function|
 
 The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was
 disabled at compile time.
@@ -1921,6 +1922,59 @@ error messages into a format that quickfix mode will understand.  See the
 start of the file about how to use it.  (This script is deprecated, see
 |compiler-perl|.)
 
+=============================================================================
+10. Customizing the quickfix window		*quickfix-window-function*
 
+The default format for the lines displayed in the quickfix window and location
+list window is:
+
+    <filename>|<lnum> col <col>|<text>
+
+The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
+"text" fields returned by the |getqflist()| function.
+
+For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text need to be customized.
+For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
+two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed.  Another
+use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
+complete path (which may be too long) is displayed for files which are not
+under the current directory tree. The file path may need to be simplified to a
+common parent directory.
+
+The displayed text can be customized by setting the 'quickfixtextfunc' option
+to a Vim function.  This function will be called with a dict argument for
+every entry in a quickfix or a location list. The dict argument will have the
+following fields:
+
+    quickfix	set to 1 when called for a quickfix list and 0 when called for
+		a location list.
+    id		quickfix or location list identifier
+    idx		index of the entry in the quickfix or location list
+
+The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
+window for the entry identified by idx. The function can obtain information
+about the current entry using the |getqflist()| function and specifying the
+quickfix list identifier "id" and the entry index "idx".
+
+If a quickfix or location list specific customization is needed, then the
+'quickfixtextfunc' attribute of the list can be set using the |setqflist()| or
+|setloclist()| function. This overrides the global 'quickfixtextfunc' option.
+
+The example below displays the list of old files (|v:oldfiles|) in a quickfix
+window. As there is no line, column number and error text information
+associated with each entry, the 'quickfixtextfunc' function returns only the
+filename.
+Example: >
+    " create a quickfix list from v:oldfiles
+    call setqflist([], ' ', {'lines' : v:oldfiles, 'efm' : '%f',
+					\ 'quickfixtextfunc' : 'QfOldFiles'})
+    func QfOldFiles(info)
+	" get information about the specific quickfix entry
+	let e = getqflist({'id' : a:info.id, 'idx' : a:info.idx,
+						\ 'items' : 1}).items[0]
+	" return the simplified file name
+	return fnamemodify(bufname(e.bufnr), ':p:.')
+    endfunc
+<
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 24
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ If you want to make sure that your changes are in the swap file use this
 command:
 
 					*:pre* *:preserve* *E313* *E314*
-:pre[serve]		Write all text for all buffers into swap files.  The
-			original file is no longer needed for recovery.
-			This sets a flag in the current buffer.  When the '&'
-			flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap file will not
-			be deleted for this buffer when Vim exits and the
-			buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.
+:pre[serve]		Write all text for the current buffer into its swap
+			file.  The original file is no longer needed for
+			recovery.  This sets a flag in the current buffer.
+			When the '&' flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap
+			file will not be deleted for this buffer when Vim
+			exits and the buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.
 
 A Vim swap file can be recognized by the first six characters: "b0VIM ".
 After that comes the version number, e.g., "3.0".

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
 			recorded macro.
 
+			Note: The recording happens while you type, replaying
+			the register happens as if the keys come from a
+			mapping.  This matters, for example, for undo, which
+			only syncs when commands were typed.
+
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
 			it was the result of a mapping)
@@ -137,7 +142,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			used.
 			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
 			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
-			applies.
+			applies, and undo might not be synced in the same way.
 			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
 			result of the expression is then executed.
 			See also |@:|.
@@ -166,7 +171,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			[addr] (default is current line).
 
 :[addr]@							*:@@*
-:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}.  First set cursor at
+:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{register}.  First set cursor at
 			line [addr] (default is current line).
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -3636,6 +3636,26 @@ DEFINING CASE						*:syn-case* *E390*
 :sy[ntax] case
 	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
 
+
+DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
+	This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
+	foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
+
+	start:		Use level of item containing start of line.
+	minimum:	Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
+
+	The default is 'start'.  Use 'minimum' to search a line horizontally
+	for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
+	higher level.  This produces more natural folds when syntax items
+	may close and open horizontally within a line.
+
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel
+	Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
+
+	{not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
+
 SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 
 :sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
@@ -4099,6 +4119,8 @@ This will make each {} block form one fold.
 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
 ends.  If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
+See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
+from its syntax items.
 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
 
 
@@ -4901,6 +4923,10 @@ cterm={attr-list}					*highlight-cterm*
 
 ctermfg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
 ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
+ctermul={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermul*
+	These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
+	underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
+
 	The {color-nr} argument is a color number.  Its range is zero to
 	(not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
 	The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
@@ -4978,11 +5004,11 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	needs to reset the color when exiting.	This is done with the "op"
 	termcap entry |t_op|.  If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
 	't_op' option in your .vimrc.
-							*E419* *E420*
-	When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
-	"bg" can be used as color names.  This only works after setting the
-	colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows console.  Example,
-	for reverse video: >
+							*E419* *E420* *E453*
+	When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
+	"fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names.  This only works after
+	setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
+	console.  Example, for reverse video: >
 	    :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
 <	Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
 	command are given.  If the Normal group colors are changed later, the

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -2272,6 +2272,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :command-completion-custom	map.txt	/*:command-completion-custom*
 :command-completion-customlist	map.txt	/*:command-completion-customlist*
 :command-count	map.txt	/*:command-count*
+:command-modifiers	map.txt	/*:command-modifiers*
 :command-nargs	map.txt	/*:command-nargs*
 :command-range	map.txt	/*:command-range*
 :command-register	map.txt	/*:command-register*
@@ -2316,6 +2317,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :debugg	repeat.txt	/*:debugg*
 :debuggreedy	repeat.txt	/*:debuggreedy*
 :def	vim9.txt	/*:def*
+:defc	vim9.txt	/*:defc*
+:defcompile	vim9.txt	/*:defcompile*
 :del	change.txt	/*:del*
 :delc	map.txt	/*:delc*
 :delcommand	map.txt	/*:delcommand*
@@ -4252,6 +4255,7 @@ E457	print.txt	/*E457*
 E458	message.txt	/*E458*
 E459	message.txt	/*E459*
 E46	message.txt	/*E46*
+E460	eval.txt	/*E460*
 E461	eval.txt	/*E461*
 E462	editing.txt	/*E462*
 E463	netbeans.txt	/*E463*
@@ -4363,6 +4367,7 @@ E561	if_cscop.txt	/*E561*
 E562	if_cscop.txt	/*E562*
 E563	if_cscop.txt	/*E563*
 E564	if_cscop.txt	/*E564*
+E565	insert.txt	/*E565*
 E566	if_cscop.txt	/*E566*
 E567	if_cscop.txt	/*E567*
 E568	if_cscop.txt	/*E568*
@@ -4374,6 +4379,7 @@ E574	starting.txt	/*E574*
 E575	starting.txt	/*E575*
 E576	starting.txt	/*E576*
 E577	starting.txt	/*E577*
+E578	insert.txt	/*E578*
 E579	eval.txt	/*E579*
 E580	eval.txt	/*E580*
 E581	eval.txt	/*E581*
@@ -4675,6 +4681,7 @@ E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E861	popup.txt	/*E861*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
 E863	popup.txt	/*E863*
 E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
@@ -6124,6 +6131,7 @@ edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
 edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
+edit-window	windows.txt	/*edit-window*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -7696,6 +7704,7 @@ mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
+mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -8379,6 +8388,7 @@ popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_list()	popup.txt	/*popup_list()*
 popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
@@ -9456,6 +9466,7 @@ termdebug-prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-prompt*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_map_K	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_map_K*
 termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
@@ -9959,6 +9970,7 @@ vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
+vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
 vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
 vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
 vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -322,6 +322,7 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
 Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
+	t_AU	set underline color (ANSI)			*t_AU* *'t_AU'*
 	t_Ce	undercurl end					*t_Ce* *'t_Ce'*
 	t_Cs	undercurl mode					*t_Cs* *'t_Cs'*
 	t_Te	strikethrough end				*t_Te* *'t_Te'*
@@ -350,6 +351,7 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-true-color|
 	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
+	t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B)			*t_8u* *'t_8u'*
 	t_BE	enable bracketed paste mode			*t_BE* *'t_BE'*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
 	t_BD	disable bracketed paste mode			*t_BD* *'t_BD'*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 26
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break): >
 You can also create menus similar to terminal mode mappings, but you have to
 use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu|.
 
-<							*options-in-terminal*
+							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
 TerminalOpen autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
 options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ terminal windows may be configured using the variable
 hexadecimal color codes, similar to those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.  When
 not using GUI colors, the terminal window always uses the 16 ANSI colors of
 the underlying terminal.
+When using `term_start()` the colors can be set with the "ansi_colors" option.
 The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
 |term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.
 
@@ -183,6 +184,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			keep the terminal open in Terminal-Normal mode.  This
 			can be changed with the ++close argument.
 
+			No Vim command can follow, any | is included in
+			[command].  Use `:execute` if you must have a Vim
+			command following in the same line.
+
 			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
 			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
 			by this name already exists a number is added in
@@ -1301,7 +1306,7 @@ breakpoint, or use the "Clear breakpoint" right-click menu entry.
 Inspecting variables ~
 					*termdebug-variables* *:Evaluate*
  `:Evaluate`	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
- `K`		    same
+ `K`		    same (see |termdebug_map_K| to disable)
  `:Evaluate` {expr}   evaluate {expr}
  `:'<,'>Evaluate`     evaluate the Visually selected text
 
@@ -1332,6 +1337,10 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
+<
+						*termdebug_map_K*
+The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
+	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 
 
 Communication ~

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -263,9 +263,8 @@ assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
 
-
 <							*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
 		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
 		Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -276,7 +275,6 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
 
-
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
 		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Manipulating text property types:
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])	get property type values
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
 					remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
 
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
 		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
 		prop_type_add().

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 20
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,39 +38,59 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+Include src/po/vim.pot ?
+
 Vim9 script:
-more tests for # comments:
-  check all calls to ends_excmd() and test that space before # is needed.
-  next: ex_findpat()
-func and partial types:
-- Calling unknown user function does not give proper error message:
-      assert_equal('123text', RefDef2Arg())  typo for "RetDef2Arg"
-- "func" inside "vim9script" doesn't work?  (Ben Jackson, #5670)
-- :func inside vim9script must still use a:arg
-- define function and create funcref in one step:
-	let ref = def(arg: type): rettype
-	    body
-	enddef
+Making everything work:
+- possible memory leak in test_vim9_func through compile_nested_function.
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_expr
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_script
 - Test that a script-local function in Vim9 script cannot be deleted.
+- Make "true" and "false" work in vim9script
 - Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
   function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
   defined.
-Also:
-- When wildcards are expanded, find `=expr` and evaluate it before invoking
-  the command. For example:  :edit `=filename`
+- make 0 == 'string' fail on the script level, like inside :def.
+- Check that when using a user function name without prefix, it does not find
+  a global function.  Prefixing g: is required.
+- Compile: let [var, var] = expr
+- Compile: for [key, value] in items(map)
+- Assignment to dict doesn't work:
+      let ret: dict<string> = #{}
+      ret[i] = string(i)
+- Appending to dict item doesn't work:
+    let d[i] ..= value
+- Compile replacement of :s command: s/pat/\=expr/
+- Compile redir to local variable: var_redir_start().
+- Compile builtin functions that access local variables:
+    islocked()
+- Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
+- Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
+- Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
+- When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
+    has('asdf'), len('string')
+- Support type for ":let"/":const" at script level for Vim9 script.
+    (Ben Jackson, #5671)
+    Can we share the code from ex_let_const() between direct execution and
+    compiling?
+- Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
+- Make "++nr" work.
+- Make closures work:
+  - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
+- expandcmd() with `=expr` in filename uses legacy expression.
+- eval_expr() in ex_cexpr()
+- eval_expr() call in dbg_parsearg() and debuggy_find()
+- has() is compiled as a constant, but some checks are dynamic.
+  Check for dynamic values, such as "gui_running".
+New syntax and functionality:
+Improve error checking:
 - "echo Func()" is an error if Func() does not return anything.
-- Check all Ex commands, give error if they use an expression and should be
-  compiled.
+Also:
 - For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
   it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
 - better implementation for partial and tests for that.
 - Make "g:imported = Export.exported" work in Vim9 script.
 - Make Foo.Bar() work to call the dict function. (#5676)
-- Support type for ":let"/":const" at script level for Vim9 script.
-    (Ben Jackson, #5671)
-    Can we share the code for :let between direct execution and compiling?
-- Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
-- Make "++nr" work.
 - Check that import in legacy script works and puts item in s:
 - Error in any command in "vim9script" aborts sourcing.
 - Find a way to test expressions in legacy and Vim9 script without duplication
@@ -90,11 +110,25 @@ Also:
 - implement class
 - implement interface
 - predefined class: Promise<T>
+- implement enum
 - Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
 	EVAL expr
 	LOADVARARG (varags idx)
+Further improvements:
+- compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
+  'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
+  'balloonexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'formatexpr'.
+- Make inline function work, to be used as a funcref:
+	let ref = def(arg: type): rettype
+	    body
+	enddef
+- compile get_lambda_tv() in popup_add_timeout()
+- inline call to map() and filter()
+- compile "skip" argument of searchpair()
+- compile "expr" and "call" expression of a channel in channel_exe_cmd()?
 
 Popup windows:
+- Can put focus in another window using API and "drop". (#6077)
 - With some sequence get get hidden finished terminal buffer. (#5768)
     Cannot close popup terminal (#5744)
     Buffer can't be wiped, gets status "aF". (#5764)
@@ -167,8 +201,12 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   background process, the window remains open, because the channel still
   exists (and output still shows).  Perhaps close the window when an explicit
   ++close was used? (#5931)
+- Using "CTRL-W :confirm quite" and selecting "yes" should work like ":quit!".
+    (Harm te Hennepe, #6129)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
+  A bit like using CTRL-W N first.
+  Jump back like with "a" when any key is typed.
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
 - Use CTRL-W CTRL-K to enter a digraph? #5371
 - When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to
@@ -198,8 +236,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   conversions.
 
 Error numbers available:
-E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
-E856, E857, E861, E900
+E453, E454, E489, E610, E611, E653, E856, E857, E861, E900
+
+Patch to fix that typval related code is spread out. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,
+#6093)
 
 Buffer autocommands are a bit inconsistent.  Add a separate set of
 autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
@@ -220,19 +260,41 @@ Patch to explain use of "%" in :!.  (David Briscoe, #5591)
 Patch to improve Windows terminal support. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #5546)
 Ready to include.
 
+Patch to improve use of Lua path. (Prabir Shrestha, #6098)
+
+Patch to make exepath() work better on MS-Windows. (#6115)
+
 Patch to add "-d" to xxd. (#5616)
 
+Patch for the Haiku port: #5961
+
 Patch to add Turkish manual. (Emir Sarı, #5641)
 
+Patch to add lua sleep function. (Prabir Shrestha, #6057)
+Alternative: use vim.call and vim.fn: #6063
+
+Patch to add getmarklist() (Yegappan, #6032)
+
+Patch to support different color for undercurl in cterm.
+(Timur Celik, #6011)
+
 Patch to support cindent option to handle pragmas differently.
 (Max Rumpf, #5468)
 
+Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
+(Brad King, 2016 Oct 19, update 2017 Jan 30, now in #6087)
+
 File marks merging has duplicates since 7.4.1925. (Ingo Karkat, #5733)
 
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+"make test_gui" crashed in submenu_change(). Fix and remove workaround in
+add_pixmap_args().
 Athena is OK.
 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif?
+
+:map output does not clear the reset of the command line.
+(#5623, also see #5962)
 
 Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
 Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
@@ -240,6 +302,9 @@ Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
 Patch to add 'vtp' option. (#5344)
 Needs better docs.  Is there a better name?
 
+Patch to add argument to trim() to only trim start or end of a string.
+(Yegappan, #6126)
+
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
 
 Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
@@ -248,7 +313,22 @@ Ready to include?  Review the code.
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
 
-Patch to delete BeOS code. (#5817)
+Patch to delete BeOS code. (#5817)  Anyone who wants to keep it?
+
+With bash ":make" does not set v:shell_error.  Possible solution: set
+'shellpipe' to "2>&1| tee %s; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}"  #5994
+
+Using mode() when "/pat" is used in Visual mode returns "v" instead of "c",
+which is not useful.  Return "c/v" instead.  And "c/o" when using "d/pat".
+#6127
+
+When 'fileignorecase' is set ":e testfile.c" works to edit TestFile.c, but
+":find testfile.c" does not ignore case.
+Might be related to #6088.
+
+When changing the crypt key the buffer should be considered modified.
+Like when changing 'fileformat'.  Save the old key in save_file_ff().
+(Ninu-Ciprian Marginean)
 
 Strange sequence of BufWipeout and BufNew events while doing omni-complete.
 (Paul Jolly, #5656)
@@ -265,6 +345,8 @@ Patch to add function to return the text used in the quickfix window.
 
 Patch to add readdirex() (Ken Takata, #5619)
 
+Wrong error when using local arglist. (Harm te Hennepe, #6133)
+
 Request to support <Cmd> in mappings, similar to how Neovim does this.
 (Daniel Hahler, #4784)
 
@@ -331,15 +413,13 @@ Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
 The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
 support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
 
-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
-
 "--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)
 
 Add "t" action to settagstack(): truncate and add new entries. (#5405)
 
+When 'relativenumber' is set the line just below a diff change doesn't get
+updated. (#6138)
+
 Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)
 
 Status line is nut updated when splitting windows. (Marcin Szamotulski, #5496)
@@ -1280,6 +1360,8 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 - Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
   available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
   ch_status() to check for more.
+- If buffer contents is changed in a callback, set w_redr_status so that it
+  gets redrawn in redraw_after_callback(). #6120
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1403,9 +1485,6 @@ Also with latest version.
 
 Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)
 
-Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
-(Brad King, 2016 Oct 19, update 2017 Jan 30)
-
 Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
 Jul 25, #948)
 

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Another way to start in diff mode can be done from inside Vim.  Edit the
 "main.c" file, then make a split and show the differences: >
 
 	:edit main.c
-	:vertical diffsplit main.c~ 
+	:vertical diffsplit main.c~
 
 The ":vertical" command is used to make the window split vertically.  If you
 omit this, you will get a horizontal split.

runtime/doc/usr_10.txt

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ with any motion command, with text objects and in Visual mode.
 lowercase.  This can be shortened to "guu".  "gUgU" is shortened to "gUU" and
 "g~g~" to "g~~".  Example: >
 
-				g~~ 
+				g~~
 <	Some GIRLS have Fun    ---->   sOME girls HAVE fUN ~
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 01
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ prefer.  And you can use any colon command in it (commands that start with a
 specific file type.  A complicated macro can be defined by a separate Vim
 script file.  You can think of other uses yourself.
 
+Note: if you are familiar with Python, you can find a comparison between
+Python and Vim script here, with pointers to other documents:
+   https://gist.github.com/yegappan/16d964a37ead0979b05e655aa036cad0
+
+
 Let's start with a simple example: >
 
 	:let i = 1
@@ -631,6 +636,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	deepcopy()		make a full copy of a List
 	filter()		remove selected items from a List
 	map()			change each List item
+	reduce()		reduce a List to a value
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
 	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
@@ -687,6 +693,7 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	sinh()			hyperbolic sine
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
+	isinf()			check for infinity
 	isnan()			check for not a number
 
 Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
@@ -695,6 +702,8 @@ Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	or()			bitwise OR
 	xor()			bitwise XOR
 	sha256()		SHA-256 hash
+	rand()			get a pseudo-random number
+	srand()			initialize seed used by rand()
 
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
@@ -724,6 +733,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
+	getmarklist()		list of global/local marks
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
 	line2byte()		byte count at a specific line
 	diff_filler()		get the number of filler lines above a line
@@ -743,6 +753,7 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	prevnonblank()		find previous non-blank line
 	search()		find a match for a pattern
 	searchpos()		find a match for a pattern
+	searchcount()		get number of matches before/after the cursor
 	searchpair()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchpairpos()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchdecl()		search for the declaration of a name
@@ -790,6 +801,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
 	readdir()		get a List of file names in a directory
+	readdirex()		get a List of file information in a directory
 	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
 
 Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
@@ -826,9 +838,11 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	listener_remove()	remove a listener callback
 	win_findbuf()		find windows containing a buffer
 	win_getid()		get window ID of a window
+	win_gettype()		get type of window
 	win_gotoid()		go to window with ID
 	win_id2tabwin()		get tab and window nr from window ID
 	win_id2win()		get window nr from window ID
+	win_splitmove()		move window to a split of another window
 	getbufinfo()		get a list with buffer information
 	gettabinfo()		get a list with tab page information
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
@@ -905,6 +919,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	getchar()		get a character from the user
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
 	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
+	echoraw()		output characters as-is
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
 	inputlist()		let the user pick an entry from a list
@@ -946,6 +961,7 @@ Mappings and Menus:			    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	mapset()		restore a mapping
 	menu_info()		get information about a menu item
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
 
@@ -966,11 +982,13 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
+	test_garbagecollect_soon()  set a flag to free memory soon
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
+	test_null_function()	return a null Funcref
 	test_null_job()		return a null Job
 	test_null_list()	return a null List
 	test_null_partial()	return a null Partial function
@@ -980,6 +998,10 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_feedinput()	add key sequence to input buffer
 	test_option_not_set()	reset flag indicating option was set
 	test_scrollbar()	simulate scrollbar movement in the GUI
+	test_refcount()		return an expression's reference count
+	test_srand_seed()	set the seed value for srand()
+	test_unknown()		return a value with unknown type
+	test_void()		return a value with void type
 
 Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_canread()		check if there is something to read
@@ -991,8 +1013,8 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel
-	ch_evalexpr()		evaluates an expression over channel
-	ch_evalraw()		evaluates a raw string over channel
+	ch_evalexpr()		evaluate an expression over channel
+	ch_evalraw()		evaluate a raw string over channel
 	ch_status()		get status of a channel
 	ch_getbufnr()		get the buffer number of a channel
 	ch_getjob()		get the job associated with a channel
@@ -1005,7 +1027,7 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	js_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
 	js_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
 
-Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
+Jobs:						*job-functions*
 	job_start()		start a job
 	job_stop()		stop a job
 	job_status()		get the status of a job
@@ -1048,6 +1070,7 @@ Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_setkill()		set signal to stop job in a terminal
 	term_setrestore()	set command to restore a terminal
 	term_setsize()		set the size of a terminal
+	term_setapi()		set terminal JSON API function name prefix
 
 Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_create()		create popup centered in the screen
@@ -1066,9 +1089,13 @@ Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_close()		close one popup
 	popup_clear()		close all popups
 	popup_filter_menu()	select from a list of items
-	popup_filter_yesno()	blocks until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
+	popup_filter_yesno()	block until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
 	popup_getoptions()	get current options for a popup
 	popup_getpos()		get actual position and size of a popup
+	popup_findinfo()	get window ID for popup info window
+	popup_findpreview()	get window ID for popup preview window
+	popup_list()		get list of all popup window IDs
+	popup_locate()		get popup window ID from its screen position
 
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer
@@ -1088,8 +1115,27 @@ Prompt Buffer:					*promptbuffer-functions*
 	prompt_setinterrupt()	set interrupt callback for a buffer
 	prompt_setprompt()	set the prompt text for a buffer
 
+Text Properties:				*text-property-functions*
+	prop_add()		attach a property at a position
+	prop_clear()		remove all properties from a line or lines
+	prop_find()		search for a property
+	prop_list()		return a list of all properties in a line
+	prop_remove()		remove a property from a line
+	prop_type_add()		add/define a property type
+	prop_type_change()	change properties of a type
+	prop_type_delete()	remove a text property type
+	prop_type_get()		return the properties of a type
+	prop_type_list()	return a list of all property types
+
+Sound:							*sound-functions*
+	sound_clear()		stop playing all sounds
+	sound_playevent()	play an event's sound
+	sound_playfile()	play a sound file
+	sound_stop()		stop playing a sound
+
 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
+	state()			get current busy state
 	visualmode()		last visual mode used
 	exists()		check if a variable, function, etc. exists
 	has()			check if a feature is supported in Vim
@@ -1098,6 +1144,9 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	did_filetype()		check if a FileType autocommand was used
 	eventhandler()		check if invoked by an event handler
 	getpid()		get process ID of Vim
+	getimstatus()		check if IME status is active
+	interrupt()		interrupt script execution
+	windowsversion()	get MS-Windows version
 
 	libcall()		call a function in an external library
 	libcallnr()		idem, returning a number
@@ -1115,12 +1164,14 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 
 	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer
 
-	luaeval()		evaluate Lua expression
+	luaeval()		evaluate |Lua| expression
 	mzeval()		evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 	perleval()		evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
 	pyxeval()		evaluate |python_x| expression
+	rubyeval()		evaluate |Ruby| expression
+
 	debugbreak()		interrupt a program being debugged
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/vim-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+.TH VIM 1 "11 Nisan 2006"
+.SH AD
+vim \- Vi IMproved, bir programc<6D>n<EFBFBD>n metin d<>zenleyicisi
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-t etiket
+.br
+.B vim
+[se<73>enekler] \-q [hatadosyas<61>]
+.PP
+.br
+.B ex
+.br
+.B view
+.br
+.B gvim
+.B gview
+.B evim
+.B eview
+.br
+.B rvim
+.B rview
+.B rgvim
+.B rgview
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vim,
+Vi ile yukar<61>ya do<64>ru uyumlu olan bir metin d<>zenleyicisidir.
+Her t<>r d<>z metni d<>zenlemede kullan<61>labilir.
+<EFBFBD>zellikle programlar<61> d<>zenlemede yararl<72>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Vi <20>zerine yap<61>lm<6C><6D> bir<69>ok geli<6C>tirme ve iyile<6C>tirmeyi i<>erir:
+<EFBFBD>ok d<>zeyli geri alma, <20>oklu pencereler ve arabellekler, s<>zdizim vurgulama,
+komut sat<61>r<EFBFBD> d<>zenleme, dosya ad<61> tamamlama, <20>evrimi<6D>i yard<72>m, g<>rsel se<73>im vb.
+.B Vim
+ve Vi aras<61>ndaki de<64>i<EFBFBD>ikliklerin bir <20>zeti i<>in ":help vi_diff.txt"
+dosyas<EFBFBD>na bir g<>z at<61>n.
+.PP
+.B Vim'i
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>rken gerekli olan yard<72>m<EFBFBD>n <20>o<EFBFBD>u <20>evrimi<6D>i yard<72>m sisteminden elde
+edilebilir. Bunun i<>in ":help" komutunu kullanabilirsiniz.
+A<EFBFBD>a<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>da <20>EVR<56>M<EFBFBD><4D><EFBFBD> YARDIM b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.PP
+Genelde
+.B Vim
+tek bir dosyay<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in <20>u komutla <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r:
+.PP
+	vim dosya
+.PP
+Biraz daha a<>acak olursak:
+.PP
+	vim [se<73>enekler] [dosyalistesi]
+.PP
+E<EFBFBD>er dosya listesi sa<73>lanmam<61><6D>sa, d<>zenleyici bo<62> bir arabellek a<>ar.
+Bunun d<><64><EFBFBD>nda a<>a<EFBFBD><61>daki d<>rt se<73>enekten bir tanesi de bir veya birden <20>ok
+dosyay<EFBFBD> d<>zenlemek i<>in kullan<61>labilir.
+.TP 12
+dosya ..
+Dosya adlar<61>n<EFBFBD>n bir listesi.
+Bunlardan ilki ekrana getirilip arabelle<6C>e y<>klenir.
+<EFBFBD>mle<EFBFBD> arabelle<6C>in ilk sat<61>r<EFBFBD>nda konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Di<EFBFBD>er dosyalara ":next" komutu ile ge<67>ebilirsiniz.
+Ad<EFBFBD> tire ile ba<62>layan bir dosyay<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in dosya listesinin ba<62><61>na
+"\-\-" koyun.
+.TP
+\-
+D<EFBFBD>zenlenecek dosya stdin'den okunur.  Komutlar bir tty olmas<61> gereken
+stderr'den okunur.
+.TP
+\-t {etiket}
+D<EFBFBD>zenlenecek dosya ve bu dosyan<61>n ba<62>lang<6E><67> imle<6C> konumu bir "etiket"e
+dayan<EFBFBD>r, bir t<>r b<>rakt<6B><74><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>z konumu belirten bir ayra<72> gibi.
+Etiket dosyas<61>nda {etiket} aran<61>r, ili<6C>kin dosya <20>u anki dosya olur ve
+ili<EFBFBD>kin komut <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Bu genelde C programlar<61> i<>in kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r, {etiket} bu durumda bir i<>lev
+olabilir.
+Bunun sonucunda bu i<>levi i<>eren dosya o anki dosya olur ve imle<6C> bu
+i<EFBFBD>levin ba<62>lang<6E>c<EFBFBD>na konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help tag\-commands".
+.TP
+\-q [hatadosyas<61>]
+H<EFBFBD>zl<EFBFBD> d<>zelt kipinde ba<62>lat
+[hatadosyas<61>] okunur ve ilk hata g<>r<EFBFBD>nt<6E>lenir.
+E<EFBFBD>er [hatadosyas<61>] sa<73>lanmazsa, dosya ad<61> 'errorfile' se<73>ene<6E>inden al<61>n<EFBFBD>r
+(<28>ntan<61>ml<6D> olarak Amiga i<>in "AztecC.Err", di<64>er sistemlerde "errors.err").
+Sonraki hatalara ":cn" komutu ile ge<67>ilebilir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help quickfix".
+.PP
+.B Vim
+girilen komutun ad<61>na g<>re de<64>i<EFBFBD>ik bi<62>imde davran<61>r (<28>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labilir h<>l<EFBFBD>
+ayn<EFBFBD> dosya olarak kalabilir).
+.TP 10
+vim
+"Normal" kip, standart <20>al<61><6C>ma bi<62>imi.
+.TP
+ex
+Ex kipinde ba<62>lat.
+"\-e" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+Normal kipe ":vi" komutu ile ge<67>ilebilir.
+.TP
+view
+Saltokunur kipte ba<62>lat.  Bu kipte dosya yaz<61>m<EFBFBD>na izin verilmez.
+"\-R" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+gvim gview
+Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>.
+Yeni bir pencere a<>ar.
+"\-g" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+evim eview
+Kolay kipte ba<62>lat<61>lan grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>.
+Yeni bir pencere a<>ar.
+"\-y" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.TP
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Yukar<EFBFBD>daki ile ayn<79>, ancak s<>n<EFBFBD>rlamalar i<>erir.  Kabuk komutlar<61>
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>lamaz veya
+.B Vim
+ask<EFBFBD>ya al<61>namaz.
+"\-Z" de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ile de ba<62>lat<61>labilir.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Se<EFBFBD>enekler bir s<>ra g<>zetmeksizin dosya adlar<61>ndan <20>nce veya sonra
+kullan<EFBFBD>labilir. 
+Herhangi bir de<64>i<EFBFBD>ken i<>ermeyen se<73>enekler bir tirenin ard<72>nda s<>ralanabilir.
+.TP 12
++[num]
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya i<>in imle<6C> "num" sat<61>r<EFBFBD>nda konumland<6E>r<EFBFBD>lacakt<6B>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er "num" eksikse imle<6C> en son sat<61>rda ba<62>lar.
+.TP
++/{dizge}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya i<>in imle<6C> {dizgi}'nin ilk e<>le<6C>mesinin oldu<64>u sat<61>rda
+konumland<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>lacakt<EFBFBD>r.
+Kullan<EFBFBD>labilir arama dizgileri i<>in ":help search\-pattern" yaz<61>n.
+.TP
++{komut}
+.TP
+\-c {komut}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya okunduktan sonra {komut} <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+{komut} bir Ex komutu olarak i<>letilir.
+E<EFBFBD>er {komut} bo<62>luk i<>eriyorsa <20>ift t<>rnak i<>erisine al<61>nmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r (bu
+kullan<EFBFBD>lan kabu<62>a ba<62>l<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD>r).
+<EFBFBD>rnek: Vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Not: 10 taneye kadar "+" veya "\-c" komutu kullanabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-S {dosya}
+<EFBFBD>lk dosya okunduktan sonra {dosya} kaynak al<61>n<EFBFBD>r.
+\-c "source {dosya}" bu komutun e<>de<64>eridir.
+{dosya}, '\-' ile ba<62>layamaz.
+E<EFBFBD>er {dosya} sa<73>lanmazsa "Session.vim" kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r (yaln<6C>zca \-S son
+de<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>ken olarak kullan<61>ld<6C><64><EFBFBD>nda i<>e yarar).
+.TP
+\-\-cmd {komut}
+"\-c" komutu gibi, ancak komut herhangi bir vimrc dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> i<>letmeden
+<EFBFBD>nce <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+"\-c" komutundan ba<62><61>ms<6D>z olarak bu komutlardan 10 taneye kadar
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>rabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-A
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve Arap<61>a klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+ARAP<EFBFBD>A deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>e bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim'i
+Arap<EFBFBD>a kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('arabic' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).  Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-b
+<EFBFBD>kili kip.
+Bir <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri veya ikili dosyay<61> d<>zenlemeye olanacak sa<73>layacak
+birka<EFBFBD> se<73>enek ayarlan<61>r.
+.TP
+\-C
+Uyumlu kip. 'compatible' se<73>ene<6E>ini ayarlar.
+Bu kipte
+.B Vim
+bir .vimrc dosyas<61> var olsa bile genelde Vi gibi davran<61>r.
+.TP
+\-d
+Kar<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>la<EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>rma kipinde ba<62>lat.
+Bir, iki, <20><> veya d<>rt adet dosya ad<61> de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.B Vim
+b<EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>n dosyalar<61> yan yana a<>ar ve aralar<61>ndaki de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikleri g<>sterir.
+vimdiff(1) gibi <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-d {ayg<79>t}
+{ayg<79>t}'<27> bir u<>birim olarak kullanmak i<>in a<>ar.
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca Amiga'da <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+<EFBFBD>rnek:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP
+\-D
+Hata ay<61>klama kipi.  Bir beti<74>in ilk komutunu <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>rken hata ay<61>klama
+kipine ge<67>er.
+.TP
+\-e
+.B Vim'i
+Ex kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r, "ex" <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri ile ayn<79> i<>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-E
+.B Vim'i
+geli<EFBFBD>tirilmi<EFBFBD> Ex kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r, "exim" <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labiliri ile ayn<79>
+i<EFBFBD>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-f
+<EFBFBD>nplan.  Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD> i<>in
+.B Vim
+ba<EFBFBD>lad<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> kabuktan ayr<79>lmayacak ve kendisini <20>atallamayacakt<6B>r.
+Amiga'da,
+.B Vim
+yeni bir pencere a<>mak i<>in yeniden ba<62>lat<61>lmaz.
+Bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim
+d<EFBFBD>zenleme oturumunun bitmesini bekleyecek bir program taraf<61>ndan
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>ld<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>nda kullan<61>lmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r (<28>rn. mail).
+Amiga'da ":sh" ve ":!" komutlar<61> <20>al<61><6C>mayacakt<6B>r.
+.TP
+\-\-nofork
+<EFBFBD>nplan.  Grafik arabirim s<>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD> i<>in
+.B Vim
+ba<EFBFBD>lad<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> kabuktan ayr<79>lmayacak ve kendisini <20>atallamayacakt<6B>r.
+.TP
+\-F
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve Fars<72>a klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+FKMAP deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se, bu se<73>enek
+.B Vim'i
+Fars<EFBFBD>a kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('fkmap' ve 'rightleft' se<73>enekleri a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-g
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+grafik arabirim deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se bu se<73>enek grafik arabirimi <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er grafik arabirim deste<74>i eklenmemi<6D>se
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-h
+Komut sat<61>r<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenleri ve se<73>enekleri <20>zerine biraz yard<72>m sa<73>lar.
+Bu komuttan sonra
+.B Vim
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kar.
+.TP
+\-H
+E<EFBFBD>er
+.B Vim
+sa<EFBFBD>dan sola yaz<61>lan dosyalar<61> ve <20>branca klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi i<>in
+RIGHTLEFT deste<74>i ile derlenmi<6D>se, bu se<73>enek 
+.B Vim'i
+<EFBFBD>branca kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r ('hkmap' ve 'rightleft' se<73>enekleri a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve <20><>kar.
+.TP
+\-i {viminfo}
+<EFBFBD>ntan<EFBFBD>ml<EFBFBD> "~/.viminfo" dosyas<61> yerine kullan<61>lacak olan viminfo dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD>
+belirtmek i<>in kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Bu komut ayn<79> zamanda viminfo kullan<61>m<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> atlamak i<>in de kullan<61>labilir.
+Bunun i<>in dosya ad<61> yerine "NONE" vermeniz yeterlidir.
+.TP
+\-L
+\-r ile ayn<79>.
+.TP
+\-l
+Lisp kipi.
+Bu de<64>i<EFBFBD>ken 'lisp' ve 'showmatch' se<73>eneklerini a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-m
+Dosya yazma se<73>ene<6E>i kapal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+\'write' se<73>ene<6E>ini s<>f<EFBFBD>rlar.
+Arabelle<EFBFBD>i h<>l<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirebilirsiniz, ancak dosyay<61> yazmak olanakl<6B> de<64>ildir.
+.TP
+\-M
+De<EFBFBD>i<EFBFBD>ikliklere izin verilmez. 'modifiable' ve 'write' se<73>enekleri kapat<61>l<EFBFBD>r,
+b<EFBFBD>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklik yap<61>lamaz ve dosyalar yaz<61>lamaz.
+Bu se<73>enekleri yeniden a<><61>p de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklik yapmay<61> etkinle<6C>tirebilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-N
+Uyumsuz kip. 'no-compatible' se<73>ene<6E>ini s<>f<EFBFBD>rlar.
+Bu se<73>enekle birlikte
+.B Vim
+biraz daha d<>zg<7A>nce <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r, ancak bir .vimrc dosyas<61> olmamas<61>na ra<72>men
+Vi ile daha az uyumludur.
+.TP
+\-n
+Bir takas dosyas<61> kullan<61>lmaz.
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kme sonras<61> kurtarma olanakl<6B> olmayacakt<6B>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er <20>ok yava<76> bir ortamda dosya <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>yorsan<61>z (<28>rn. disket) yararl<72> olabilir.
+":set uc=0" ile de yap<61>labilir.
+Geri almak i<>in ":set uc=200" yap<61>n.
+.TP
+\-nb
+NetBeans i<>in bir d<>zenleyici sunucusu olur.  Ayr<79>nt<6E>lar i<>in belgelere bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-o[N]
+N say<61>da pencereyi <20>st <20>ste a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir pencere a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-O[N]
+N say<61>da pencereyi yan yana a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir pencere a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-p[N]
+N say<61>da sekme a<>ar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya i<>in bir sekme a<>ar.
+.TP
+\-R
+Saltokunur kip.
+\'readonly' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Arabelle<EFBFBD>i h<>l<EFBFBD> de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirebilirsiniz, ancak yanl<6E><6C>l<EFBFBD>kla dosyan<61>n <20>zerine
+yazmaktan sizi korur.
+Dosyan<EFBFBD>n <20>zerine yazmak istemiyorsan<61>z, Ex komutuna bir <20>nlem imi ekleyin,
+<EFBFBD>rn. ":w!".
+\-R se<73>ene<6E>i ayn<79> zamanda \-n se<73>ene<6E>ini de uygular (yukar<61>da bak<61>n).
+\'readonly' se<73>ene<6E>i ":set noro" ile s<>f<EFBFBD>rlanabilir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'readonly'".
+.TP
+\-r
+Takas dosyalar<61>n<EFBFBD> i<>erdikleri kurtarma bilgilerini g<>sterecek bi<62>imde listeler.
+.TP
+\-r {dosya}
+Kurtarma kipi.
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>km<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> bir d<>zenleme oturumunu takas dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> kullanarak kurtar<61>r.
+Takas dosyas<61> dosya ile ayn<79> ada iye olup sonuna ".swp" eklenmi<6D>tir.
+Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help recovery".
+.TP
+\-s
+Sessiz kip. Yaln<6C>zca "Ex" olarak ba<62>lat<61>ld<6C><64><EFBFBD>nda veya "\-e" se<73>ene<6E>i
+"\-s" se<73>ene<6E>inden <20>nce verildi<64>inde <20>al<61><6C><EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-s {betikgir}
+{betikgir} betik dosyas<61> okunur.
+Dosyadaki karakterler onlar<61> siz girmi<6D>siniz gibi kabul edilir.
+Ayn<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD> ":source! {betikgir}" komutu ile de ger<65>ekle<6C>tirilebilir.
+E<EFBFBD>er dosyan<61>n sonuna d<>zenleyici <20><>kmadan <20>nce gelinirse, sonraki karakterler
+klavyeden okunur.
+.TP
+\-T {u<>birim}
+.B Vim'e
+kulland<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>z u<>birimin ad<61>n<EFBFBD> s<>yler.
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca kendili<6C>inden okunamazsa gereklidir.
+.B Vim'in
+tan<EFBFBD>d<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> bir u<>birim olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r veya termcap veya terminfo dosyas<61>nda
+tan<EFBFBD>ml<EFBFBD> olmal<61>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-u {vimrc}
+<EFBFBD>lklendirme i<>in {vimrc} dosyas<61>ndaki komutlar<61> kullan.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m ilklendirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Bunu <20>zel t<>rde dosyalar<61> d<>zenlemek i<>in kullan<61>n.
+Dosya ad<61> olarak "NONE" verilirse t<>m <20>zelle<6C>tirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in vim i<>inde ":help initialization" b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-U {gvimrc}
+Grafik arabirim ilklendirmesi i<>in {gvimrc} dosyas<61>ndaki komutlara bak<61>n.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m grafik arabirim ilklendirmeleri atlan<61>r.
+Dosya ad<61> olarak "NONE" verilirse t<>m <20>zelle<6C>tirmeler atlan<61>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in vim i<>inde ":help gui\-init" b<>l<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne bak<61>n.
+.TP
+\-V[N]
+S<EFBFBD>zl<EFBFBD> anlat<61>m.  Hangi dosyalar<61>n kaynak al<61>nd<6E><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> ve viminfo dosyas<61>ndan
+nelerin okundu<64>unu yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r.  'verbose' i<>in iste<74>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> N se<73>ene<6E>i 
+kullan<EFBFBD>labilir. <20>ntan<61>ml<6D> say<61> 10'dur.
+.TP
+\-v
+.B Vim'i
+"vi" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>rm<72><6D> gibi Vi kipinde ba<62>lat<61>r.  Bu yaln<6C>zca
+<EFBFBD>al<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>labilir "ex" oldu<64>unda bir i<>e yarar.
+.TP
+\-w {betik<69><6B>k}
+Girdi<EFBFBD>iniz t<>m karakterler siz
+.B Vim'den
+<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>kana de<64>in {betik<69><6B>k} dosyas<61>nda saklan<61>r.
+Bu "vim \-s" veya ":source" komutu ile kullan<61>lacak bir betik yaratmaya yarar.
+E<EFBFBD>er {betik<69><6B>k} dosyas<61> varsa karakterler dosyaya eklenir.
+.TP
+\-W {betik<69><6B>k}
+\-w gibi, ancak var olan bir dosyan<61>n <20>zerine yazar.
+.TP
+\-x
+Dosya yazarken <20>ifreleme kullan<61>r.  Bir <20>ifre girmeniz istenecektir.
+.TP
+\-X
+X sunucusuna ba<62>lanmaz.  Vim'in u<>birimde ba<62>lama s<>resini azalt<6C>r ancak pencere ba<62>l<EFBFBD><6C><EFBFBD>
+ve pano kullan<61>lamaz.
+.TP
+\-y
+.B Vim'i
+"evim" veya "eview" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>rm<72><6D> gibi kolay kipte ba<62>lat<61>r.
+.B Vim'i
+di<EFBFBD>er t<>kla ve yaz d<>zenleyicileri gibi <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-Z
+K<EFBFBD>s<EFBFBD>tl<EFBFBD> kip.  Program "r" yazarak ba<62>lat<61>lm<6C><6D> gibi davran<61>r.
+.TP
+\-\-
+Se<EFBFBD>eneklerin bitti<74>ini belirtir.
+Bundan sonraki de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenler art<72>k bir dosya ad<61> olarak i<>letilir.
+Ayn<EFBFBD> zamanda '\-' ile ba<62>layan bir dosyay<61> tan<61>tmak i<>in de kullan<61>labilir.
+.TP
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca GTK grafik arabirimi: Pencere numaras<61>n<EFBFBD> stdout'a yank<6E>la.
+.TP
+\-\-help
+Yard<EFBFBD>m iletisini yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r ve <20><>kar, "\-h" gibi.
+.TP
+\-\-literal
+Dosya ad<61> de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenlerini ger<65>ek anlamda i<>let, joker karakterlerini
+geni<EFBFBD>letme.  Bunun kabu<62>un karakterleri kendili<6C>inden geni<6E>letti<74>i Unix'te
+bir etkisi bulunmamaktad<61>r.
+.TP
+\-\-noplugin
+Eklentileri y<>kleme.  "\-u NONE" da ayn<79> i<>levi g<>r<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-remote
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve geri kalan de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenlerde belirtilen dosyalar<61>
+d<EFBFBD>zenle. E<>er bir sunucu bulunamazsa bir uyar<61> verilir ve dosyalar <20>u anki
+Vim'de d<>zenlenir.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-expr {ifade}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve {ifade}'yi de<64>erlendirip sonucu stdout'a yazd<7A>r.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-send {anahtarlar}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna ba<62>lan ve ona {anahtarlar} g<>nder.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-silent
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyar<61> vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak Vim dosyalar d<>zenlenene kadar <20><>kmaz.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+\-\-remote\-wait gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyar<61> vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-serverlist
+Bulunabilecek b<>t<EFBFBD>n Vim sunucular<61>n<EFBFBD> listeler.
+.TP
+\-\-servername {ad}
+{ad}'<27> bir sunucu ad<61> olarak kullan<61>r.  Bir \-\-remote de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni ve
+ba<EFBFBD>lanaca<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> sunucunun ad<61> ile kullan<61>lmad<61><64><EFBFBD> s<>rece <20>u anki Vim i<>in
+kullan<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Yaln<EFBFBD>zca GTK grafik arabirimi: GtkPlug mekanizmas<61>n<EFBFBD> kullanarak gvim'i ba<62>ka
+bir pencerede <20>al<61><6C>t<EFBFBD>r.
+.TP
+\-\-version
+S<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>m bilgisini yazd<7A>r<EFBFBD>r ve <20><>kar.
+.SH <EFBFBD>EVR<EFBFBD>M<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> YARDIM
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help" yazarak ba<62>lay<61>n.
+Belirli bir konu <20>zerine yard<72>m almak i<>in ":help subject" yaz<61>n.
+<EFBFBD>rne<EFBFBD>in: "ZZ" komutu <20>zerine bilgi almak i<>in ":help ZZ" yaz<61>n.
+<Tab> ve CTRL-D kullanarak konular<61> tamamlay<61>n (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Bir konumdan di<64>erini atlamak i<>in etiketler mevcuttur (bir t<>r k<>pr<70> gibi),
+ek bilgi i<>in ":help").
+T<EFBFBD>m belgelendirmeyi bu bi<62>imde okuyabilirsiniz, <20>rne<6E>in: ":help syntax.txt".
+":help syntax.txt".
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+.B Vim
+belgelendirme dosyalar<61>.
+T<EFBFBD>m listeyi g<>rmek i<>in ":help doc\-file\-list" yaz<61>n.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Belgelendirme i<>inde veri bulmak i<>in kullan<61>lan etiketler dosyas<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Sistem geneli s<>zdizim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Programlama dilleri i<>in s<>zdizim dosyalar<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Sistem geneli
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.vimrc
+Sizin ki<6B>isel
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Sistem geneli gvim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.gvimrc
+Sizin ki<6B>isel gvim ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+":options" komutu i<>in kullan<61>lan betik, g<>rsel se<73>enek ayarlar<61>.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+gvim i<>in sistem geneli men<65> ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Hata raporu olu<6C>turmak i<>in kullan<61>lan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help bugs".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Dosya t<>r<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> ad<61>ndan tan<61>yan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Dosya t<>r<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> i<>eri<72>inden tan<61>yan betik. Ek bilgi i<>in: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+PostScript yazd<7A>rmas<61> i<>in kullan<61>lan dosyalar.
+.PP
+En g<>ncel bilgiler i<>in V<>M ana sayfas<61>n<EFBFBD> ziyaret edin:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help credits" yaz<61>n.
+.br
+.B Vim
+Stevie tabanl<6E>d<EFBFBD>r, yazarlar<61>: Tim Thompson,
+Tony Andrews ve G.R. (Fred) Walter.
+Orijinal koddan geriye pek bir <20>ey kalmad<61><64><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> s<>ylemek yanl<6E><6C> olmaz.
+.SH HATALAR
+Bilinen hatalar<61>n bir listesi i<>in ":help todo" yaz<61>n.
+.PP
+Unutmay<EFBFBD>n ki, ba<62>kalar<61> taraf<61>ndan hata olarak de<64>erlendirilebilecek konular<61>n
+bir <20>o<EFBFBD>u Vi'nin davran<61><6E>lar<61>na sad<61>k kal<61>nmas<61> nedeniyle vard<72>r. Yine de
+baz<EFBFBD> <20>eylerin "Vi bunu de<64>i<EFBFBD>ik bi<62>imde yap<61>yor" diye hata olabilece<63>ini
+d<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD>yorsan<EFBFBD>z, "vi_diff.txt" dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> dikkatle okuyun (veya Vim i<>inde
+:help vi_diff.txt yaz<61>n.
+Ek olarak 'compatible' ve 'cpoptions' se<73>eneklerine de bakabilirsiniz.

runtime/doc/vim-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+.TH VIM 1 "11 Nisan 2006"
+.SH AD
+vim \- Vi IMproved, bir programcının metin düzenleyicisi
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] [dosya ..]
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-t etiket
+.br
+.B vim
+[seçenekler] \-q [hatadosyası]
+.PP
+.br
+.B ex
+.br
+.B view
+.br
+.B gvim
+.B gview
+.B evim
+.B eview
+.br
+.B rvim
+.B rview
+.B rgvim
+.B rgview
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vim,
+Vi ile yukarıya doğru uyumlu olan bir metin düzenleyicisidir.
+Her tür düz metni düzenlemede kullanılabilir.
+Özellikle programları düzenlemede yararlıdır.
+.PP
+Vi üzerine yapılmış birçok geliştirme ve iyileştirmeyi içerir:
+Çok düzeyli geri alma, çoklu pencereler ve arabellekler, sözdizim vurgulama,
+komut satırı düzenleme, dosya adı tamamlama, çevrimiçi yardım, görsel seçim vb.
+.B Vim
+ve Vi arasındaki değişikliklerin bir özeti için ":help vi_diff.txt"
+dosyasına bir göz atın.
+.PP
+.B Vim'i
+çalıştırırken gerekli olan yardımın çoğu çevrimiçi yardım sisteminden elde
+edilebilir. Bunun için ":help" komutunu kullanabilirsiniz.
+Aşağıda ÇEVRİMİÇİ YARDIM bölümüne bakın.
+.PP
+Genelde
+.B Vim
+tek bir dosyayı düzenlemek için şu komutla çalıştırılır:
+.PP
+	vim dosya
+.PP
+Biraz daha açacak olursak:
+.PP
+	vim [seçenekler] [dosyalistesi]
+.PP
+Eğer dosya listesi sağlanmamışsa, düzenleyici boş bir arabellek açar.
+Bunun dışında aşağıdaki dört seçenekten bir tanesi de bir veya birden çok
+dosyayı düzenlemek için kullanılabilir.
+.TP 12
+dosya ..
+Dosya adlarının bir listesi.
+Bunlardan ilki ekrana getirilip arabelleğe yüklenir.
+İmleç arabelleğin ilk satırında konumlandırılır.
+Diğer dosyalara ":next" komutu ile geçebilirsiniz.
+Adı tire ile başlayan bir dosyayı düzenlemek için dosya listesinin başına
+"\-\-" koyun.
+.TP
+\-
+Düzenlenecek dosya stdin'den okunur.  Komutlar bir tty olması gereken
+stderr'den okunur.
+.TP
+\-t {etiket}
+Düzenlenecek dosya ve bu dosyanın başlangıç imleç konumu bir "etiket"e
+dayanır, bir tür bıraktığınız konumu belirten bir ayraç gibi.
+Etiket dosyasında {etiket} aranır, ilişkin dosya şu anki dosya olur ve
+ilişkin komut çalıştırılır.
+Bu genelde C programları için kullanılır, {etiket} bu durumda bir işlev
+olabilir.
+Bunun sonucunda bu işlevi içeren dosya o anki dosya olur ve imleç bu
+işlevin başlangıcına konumlandırılır.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help tag\-commands".
+.TP
+\-q [hatadosyası]
+Hızlı düzelt kipinde başlat
+[hatadosyası] okunur ve ilk hata görüntülenir.
+Eğer [hatadosyası] sağlanmazsa, dosya adı 'errorfile' seçeneğinden alınır
+(öntanımlı olarak Amiga için "AztecC.Err", diğer sistemlerde "errors.err").
+Sonraki hatalara ":cn" komutu ile geçilebilir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help quickfix".
+.PP
+.B Vim
+girilen komutun adına göre değişik biçimde davranır (çalıştırılabilir hâlâ
+aynı dosya olarak kalabilir).
+.TP 10
+vim
+"Normal" kip, standart çalışma biçimi.
+.TP
+ex
+Ex kipinde başlat.
+"\-e" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+Normal kipe ":vi" komutu ile geçilebilir.
+.TP
+view
+Saltokunur kipte başlat.  Bu kipte dosya yazımına izin verilmez.
+"\-R" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+gvim gview
+Grafik arabirim sürümü.
+Yeni bir pencere açar.
+"\-g" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+evim eview
+Kolay kipte başlatılan grafik arabirim sürümü.
+Yeni bir pencere açar.
+"\-y" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.TP
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Yukarıdaki ile aynı, ancak sınırlamalar içerir.  Kabuk komutları
+çalıştırılamaz veya
+.B Vim
+askıya alınamaz.
+"\-Z" değişkeni ile de başlatılabilir.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Seçenekler bir sıra gözetmeksizin dosya adlarından önce veya sonra
+kullanılabilir. 
+Herhangi bir değişken içermeyen seçenekler bir tirenin ardında sıralanabilir.
+.TP 12
++[num]
+İlk dosya için imleç "num" satırında konumlandırılacaktır.
+Eğer "num" eksikse imleç en son satırda başlar.
+.TP
++/{dizge}
+İlk dosya için imleç {dizgi}'nin ilk eşleşmesinin olduğu satırda
+konumlandırılacaktır.
+Kullanılabilir arama dizgileri için ":help search\-pattern" yazın.
+.TP
++{komut}
+.TP
+\-c {komut}
+İlk dosya okunduktan sonra {komut} çalıştırılır.
+{komut} bir Ex komutu olarak işletilir.
+Eğer {komut} boşluk içeriyorsa çift tırnak içerisine alınmalıdır (bu
+kullanılan kabuğa bağlıdır).
+Örnek: Vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Not: 10 taneye kadar "+" veya "\-c" komutu kullanabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-S {dosya}
+İlk dosya okunduktan sonra {dosya} kaynak alınır.
+\-c "source {dosya}" bu komutun eşdeğeridir.
+{dosya}, '\-' ile başlayamaz.
+Eğer {dosya} sağlanmazsa "Session.vim" kullanılır (yalnızca \-S son
+değişken olarak kullanıldığında işe yarar).
+.TP
+\-\-cmd {komut}
+"\-c" komutu gibi, ancak komut herhangi bir vimrc dosyasını işletmeden
+önce çalıştırılır.
+"\-c" komutundan bağımsız olarak bu komutlardan 10 taneye kadar
+çalıştırabilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-A
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve Arapça klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+ARAPÇA desteği ile derlenmişe bu seçenek
+.B Vim'i
+Arapça kipinde başlatır ('arabic' seçeneği açılır).  Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip çıkar.
+.TP
+\-b
+İkili kip.
+Bir çalıştırılabiliri veya ikili dosyayı düzenlemeye olanacak sağlayacak
+birkaç seçenek ayarlanır.
+.TP
+\-C
+Uyumlu kip. 'compatible' seçeneğini ayarlar.
+Bu kipte
+.B Vim
+bir .vimrc dosyası var olsa bile genelde Vi gibi davranır.
+.TP
+\-d
+Karşılaştırma kipinde başlat.
+Bir, iki, üç veya dört adet dosya adı değişkeni olmalıdır.
+.B Vim
+bütün dosyaları yan yana açar ve aralarındaki değişiklikleri gösterir.
+vimdiff(1) gibi çalışır.
+.TP
+\-d {aygıt}
+{aygıt}'ı bir uçbirim olarak kullanmak için açar.
+Yalnızca Amiga'da çalışır.
+Örnek:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP
+\-D
+Hata ayıklama kipi.  Bir betiğin ilk komutunu çalıştırırken hata ayıklama
+kipine geçer.
+.TP
+\-e
+.B Vim'i
+Ex kipinde başlatır, "ex" çalıştırılabiliri ile aynı işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-E
+.B Vim'i
+geliştirilmiş Ex kipinde başlatır, "exim" çalıştırılabiliri ile aynı
+işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-f
+Önplan.  Grafik arabirim sürümü için
+.B Vim
+başladığı kabuktan ayrılmayacak ve kendisini çatallamayacaktır.
+Amiga'da,
+.B Vim
+yeni bir pencere açmak için yeniden başlatılmaz.
+Bu seçenek
+.B Vim
+düzenleme oturumunun bitmesini bekleyecek bir program tarafından
+başlatıldığında kullanılmalıdır (örn. mail).
+Amiga'da ":sh" ve ":!" komutları çalışmayacaktır.
+.TP
+\-\-nofork
+Önplan.  Grafik arabirim sürümü için
+.B Vim
+başladığı kabuktan ayrılmayacak ve kendisini çatallamayacaktır.
+.TP
+\-F
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve Farsça klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+FKMAP desteği ile derlenmişse, bu seçenek
+.B Vim'i
+Farsça kipinde başlatır ('fkmap' ve 'rightleft' seçenekleri açılır).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verip çıkar.
+.TP
+\-g
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+grafik arabirim desteği ile derlenmişse bu seçenek grafik arabirimi çalıştırır.
+Eğer grafik arabirim desteği eklenmemişse
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve çıkar.
+.TP
+\-h
+Komut satırı değişkenleri ve seçenekleri üzerine biraz yardım sağlar.
+Bu komuttan sonra
+.B Vim
+çıkar.
+.TP
+\-H
+Eğer
+.B Vim
+sağdan sola yazılan dosyaları ve İbranca klavye dizilimini kullanabilmesi için
+RIGHTLEFT desteği ile derlenmişse, bu seçenek 
+.B Vim'i
+İbranca kipinde başlatır ('hkmap' ve 'rightleft' seçenekleri açılır).
+Aksi durumda
+.B Vim
+hata verir ve çıkar.
+.TP
+\-i {viminfo}
+Öntanımlı "~/.viminfo" dosyası yerine kullanılacak olan viminfo dosyasını
+belirtmek için kullanılır.
+Bu komut aynı zamanda viminfo kullanımını atlamak için de kullanılabilir.
+Bunun için dosya adı yerine "NONE" vermeniz yeterlidir.
+.TP
+\-L
+\-r ile aynı.
+.TP
+\-l
+Lisp kipi.
+Bu değişken 'lisp' ve 'showmatch' seçeneklerini açar.
+.TP
+\-m
+Dosya yazma seçeneği kapalıdır.
+\'write' seçeneğini sıfırlar.
+Arabelleği hâlâ değiştirebilirsiniz, ancak dosyayı yazmak olanaklı değildir.
+.TP
+\-M
+Değişikliklere izin verilmez. 'modifiable' ve 'write' seçenekleri kapatılır,
+böylece değişiklik yapılamaz ve dosyalar yazılamaz.
+Bu seçenekleri yeniden açıp değişiklik yapmayı etkinleştirebilirsiniz.
+.TP
+\-N
+Uyumsuz kip. 'no-compatible' seçeneğini sıfırlar.
+Bu seçenekle birlikte
+.B Vim
+biraz daha düzgünce çalışır, ancak bir .vimrc dosyası olmamasına rağmen
+Vi ile daha az uyumludur.
+.TP
+\-n
+Bir takas dosyası kullanılmaz.
+Çökme sonrası kurtarma olanaklı olmayacaktır.
+Eğer çok yavaş bir ortamda dosya çalışıyorsanız (örn. disket) yararlı olabilir.
+":set uc=0" ile de yapılabilir.
+Geri almak için ":set uc=200" yapın.
+.TP
+\-nb
+NetBeans için bir düzenleyici sunucusu olur.  Ayrıntılar için belgelere bakın.
+.TP
+\-o[N]
+N sayıda pencereyi üst üste açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir pencere açar.
+.TP
+\-O[N]
+N sayıda pencereyi yan yana açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir pencere açar.
+.TP
+\-p[N]
+N sayıda sekme açar.
+N verilmezse, her dosya için bir sekme açar.
+.TP
+\-R
+Saltokunur kip.
+\'readonly' seçeneği açılır.
+Arabelleği hâlâ değiştirebilirsiniz, ancak yanlışlıkla dosyanın üzerine
+yazmaktan sizi korur.
+Dosyanın üzerine yazmak istemiyorsanız, Ex komutuna bir ünlem imi ekleyin,
+örn. ":w!".
+\-R seçeneği aynı zamanda \-n seçeneğini de uygular (yukarıda bakın).
+\'readonly' seçeneği ":set noro" ile sıfırlanabilir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help 'readonly'".
+.TP
+\-r
+Takas dosyalarını içerdikleri kurtarma bilgilerini gösterecek biçimde listeler.
+.TP
+\-r {dosya}
+Kurtarma kipi.
+Çökmüş bir düzenleme oturumunu takas dosyasını kullanarak kurtarır.
+Takas dosyası dosya ile aynı ada iye olup sonuna ".swp" eklenmiştir.
+Ek bilgi için: ":help recovery".
+.TP
+\-s
+Sessiz kip. Yalnızca "Ex" olarak başlatıldığında veya "\-e" seçeneği
+"\-s" seçeneğinden önce verildiğinde çalışır.
+.TP
+\-s {betikgir}
+{betikgir} betik dosyası okunur.
+Dosyadaki karakterler onları siz girmişsiniz gibi kabul edilir.
+Aynısı ":source! {betikgir}" komutu ile de gerçekleştirilebilir.
+Eğer dosyanın sonuna düzenleyici çıkmadan önce gelinirse, sonraki karakterler
+klavyeden okunur.
+.TP
+\-T {uçbirim}
+.B Vim'e
+kullandığınız uçbirimin adını söyler.
+Yalnızca kendiliğinden okunamazsa gereklidir.
+.B Vim'in
+tanıdığı bir uçbirim olmalıdır veya termcap veya terminfo dosyasında
+tanımlı olmalıdır.
+.TP
+\-u {vimrc}
+İlklendirme için {vimrc} dosyasındaki komutları kullan.
+Diğer tüm ilklendirmeler atlanır.
+Bunu özel türde dosyaları düzenlemek için kullanın.
+Dosya adı olarak "NONE" verilirse tüm özelleştirmeler atlanır.
+Ek bilgi için vim içinde ":help initialization" bölümüne bakın.
+.TP
+\-U {gvimrc}
+Grafik arabirim ilklendirmesi için {gvimrc} dosyasındaki komutlara bakın.
+Diğer tüm grafik arabirim ilklendirmeleri atlanır.
+Dosya adı olarak "NONE" verilirse tüm özelleştirmeler atlanır.
+Ek bilgi için vim içinde ":help gui\-init" bölümüne bakın.
+.TP
+\-V[N]
+Sözlü anlatım.  Hangi dosyaların kaynak alındığını ve viminfo dosyasından
+nelerin okunduğunu yazdırır.  'verbose' için isteğe bağlı N seçeneği 
+kullanılabilir. Öntanımlı sayı 10'dur.
+.TP
+\-v
+.B Vim'i
+"vi" yazarak başlatırmış gibi Vi kipinde başlatır.  Bu yalnızca
+çalıştırılabilir "ex" olduğunda bir işe yarar.
+.TP
+\-w {betikçık}
+Girdiğiniz tüm karakterler siz
+.B Vim'den
+çıkana değin {betikçık} dosyasında saklanır.
+Bu "vim \-s" veya ":source" komutu ile kullanılacak bir betik yaratmaya yarar.
+Eğer {betikçık} dosyası varsa karakterler dosyaya eklenir.
+.TP
+\-W {betikçık}
+\-w gibi, ancak var olan bir dosyanın üzerine yazar.
+.TP
+\-x
+Dosya yazarken şifreleme kullanır.  Bir şifre girmeniz istenecektir.
+.TP
+\-X
+X sunucusuna bağlanmaz.  Vim'in uçbirimde başlama süresini azaltır ancak pencere başlığı
+ve pano kullanılamaz.
+.TP
+\-y
+.B Vim'i
+"evim" veya "eview" yazarak başlatırmış gibi kolay kipte başlatır.
+.B Vim'i
+diğer tıkla ve yaz düzenleyicileri gibi çalıştırır.
+.TP
+\-Z
+Kısıtlı kip.  Program "r" yazarak başlatılmış gibi davranır.
+.TP
+\-\-
+Seçeneklerin bittiğini belirtir.
+Bundan sonraki değişkenler artık bir dosya adı olarak işletilir.
+Aynı zamanda '\-' ile başlayan bir dosyayı tanıtmak için de kullanılabilir.
+.TP
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Yalnızca GTK grafik arabirimi: Pencere numarasını stdout'a yankıla.
+.TP
+\-\-help
+Yardım iletisini yazdırır ve çıkar, "\-h" gibi.
+.TP
+\-\-literal
+Dosya adı değişkenlerini gerçek anlamda işlet, joker karakterlerini
+genişletme.  Bunun kabuğun karakterleri kendiliğinden genişlettiği Unix'te
+bir etkisi bulunmamaktadır.
+.TP
+\-\-noplugin
+Eklentileri yükleme.  "\-u NONE" da aynı işlevi görür.
+.TP
+\-\-remote
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve geri kalan değişkenlerde belirtilen dosyaları
+düzenle. Eğer bir sunucu bulunamazsa bir uyarı verilir ve dosyalar şu anki
+Vim'de düzenlenir.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-expr {ifade}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve {ifade}'yi değerlendirip sonucu stdout'a yazdır.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-send {anahtarlar}
+Bir Vim sunucusuna bağlan ve ona {anahtarlar} gönder.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-silent
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyarı vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait
+\-\-remote gibi, ancak Vim dosyalar düzenlenene kadar çıkmaz.
+.TP
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+\-\-remote\-wait gibi, ancak bir sunucu bulunamazsa uyarı vermez.
+.TP
+\-\-serverlist
+Bulunabilecek bütün Vim sunucularını listeler.
+.TP
+\-\-servername {ad}
+{ad}'ı bir sunucu adı olarak kullanır.  Bir \-\-remote değişkeni ve
+bağlanacağı sunucunun adı ile kullanılmadığı sürece şu anki Vim için
+kullanılır.
+.TP
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Yalnızca GTK grafik arabirimi: GtkPlug mekanizmasını kullanarak gvim'i başka
+bir pencerede çalıştır.
+.TP
+\-\-version
+Sürüm bilgisini yazdırır ve çıkar.
+.SH ÇEVRİMİÇİ YARDIM
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help" yazarak başlayın.
+Belirli bir konu üzerine yardım almak için ":help subject" yazın.
+Örneğin: "ZZ" komutu üzerine bilgi almak için ":help ZZ" yazın.
+<Tab> ve CTRL-D kullanarak konuları tamamlayın (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Bir konumdan diğerini atlamak için etiketler mevcuttur (bir tür köprü gibi),
+ek bilgi için ":help").
+Tüm belgelendirmeyi bu biçimde okuyabilirsiniz, örneğin: ":help syntax.txt".
+":help syntax.txt".
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+.B Vim
+belgelendirme dosyaları.
+Tüm listeyi görmek için ":help doc\-file\-list" yazın.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Belgelendirme içinde veri bulmak için kullanılan etiketler dosyası.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Sistem geneli sözdizim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Programlama dilleri için sözdizim dosyaları.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Sistem geneli
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.vimrc
+Sizin kişisel
+.B Vim
+ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Sistem geneli gvim ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+~/.gvimrc
+Sizin kişisel gvim ilklendirmeleriniz.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+":options" komutu için kullanılan betik, görsel seçenek ayarları.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+gvim için sistem geneli menü ilklendirmeleri.
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Hata raporu oluşturmak için kullanılan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help bugs".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Dosya türünü adından tanıyan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Dosya türünü içeriğinden tanıyan betik. Ek bilgi için: ":help 'filetype'".
+.TP
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+PostScript yazdırması için kullanılan dosyalar.
+.PP
+En güncel bilgiler için VİM ana sayfasını ziyaret edin:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help credits" yazın.
+.br
+.B Vim
+Stevie tabanlıdır, yazarları: Tim Thompson,
+Tony Andrews ve G.R. (Fred) Walter.
+Orijinal koddan geriye pek bir şey kalmadığını söylemek yanlış olmaz.
+.SH HATALAR
+Bilinen hataların bir listesi için ":help todo" yazın.
+.PP
+Unutmayın ki, başkaları tarafından hata olarak değerlendirilebilecek konuların
+bir çoğu Vi'nin davranışlarına sadık kalınması nedeniyle vardır. Yine de
+bazı şeylerin "Vi bunu değişik biçimde yapıyor" diye hata olabileceğini
+düşünüyorsanız, "vi_diff.txt" dosyasını dikkatle okuyun (veya Vim içinde
+:help vi_diff.txt yazın.
+Ek olarak 'compatible' ve 'cpoptions' seçeneklerine de bakabilirsiniz.

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
-Vim9 script commands and expressions.
+Vim9 script commands and expressions.			*vim9*
 
 Most expression help is in |eval.txt|.  This file is about the new syntax and
 features in Vim9 script.
@@ -28,29 +28,33 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
 THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
-Vim script has been growing over time, while keeping backwards compatibility.
-That means bad choices from the past often can't be changed.  Execution is
-quite slow, every line is parsed every time it is executed.
+Vim script has been growing over time, while preserving backwards
+compatibility.  That means bad choices from the past often can't be changed
+and compability with Vi restricts possible solutions.  Execution is quite
+slow, each line is parsed every time it is executed.
 
-The main goal of Vim9 script is to drastically improve performance.  An
-increase in execution speed of 10 to 100 times can be expected.  A secondary
-goal is to avoid Vim-specific constructs and get closer to commonly used
-programming languages, such as JavaScript, TypeScript and Java.
+The main goal of Vim9 script is to drastically improve performance.  This is
+accomplished by compiling commands into instructions that can be efficiently
+executed.  An increase in execution speed of 10 to 100 times can be expected.
+
+A secondary goal is to avoid Vim-specific constructs and get closer to
+commonly used programming languages, such as JavaScript, TypeScript and Java.
 
 The performance improvements can only be achieved by not being 100% backwards
-compatible.  For example, in a function the arguments are not available in the
-"a:" dictionary, as creating that dictionary adds quite a lot of overhead.
-Other differences are more subtle, such as how errors are handled.
+compatible.  For example, making function arguments available in the
+"a:" dictionary adds quite a lot of overhead.  In a Vim9 function this
+dictionary is not available.  Other differences are more subtle, such as how
+errors are handled.
 
 The Vim9 script syntax and semantics are used in:
 - a function defined with the `:def` command
 - a script file where the first command is `vim9script`
 
 When using `:function` in a Vim9 script file the legacy syntax is used.
-However, this is discouraged.
+However, this can be confusing and is therefore discouraged.
 
-Vim9 script and legacy Vim script can be mixed.  There is no need to rewrite
-old scripts, they keep working as before.
+Vim9 script and legacy Vim script can be mixed.  There is no requirement to
+rewrite old scripts, they keep working as before.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -62,9 +66,9 @@ Comments starting with # ~
 
 In Vim script comments normally start with double quote.  That can also be the
 start of a string, thus in many places it cannot be used.  In Vim9 script a
-comment can also start with #.  Normally this is a command to list text with
+comment can also start with #.  In Vi this is a command to list text with
 numbers, but you can also use `:number` for that. >
-	let count = 0  # number of occurences of Ni!
+	let count = 0  # number of occurences
 
 To improve readability there must be a space between the command and the #
 that starts a comment.  Note that #{ is the start of a dictionary, therefore
@@ -73,40 +77,62 @@ it cannot start a comment.
 
 Vim9 functions ~
 
-`:def` has no extra arguments like `:function` does: "range", "abort", "dict"
-or "closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error, does not get a
-range passed and cannot be a "dict" function.
+A function defined with `:def` is compiled.  Execution is many times faster,
+often 10x to 100x times.
 
-In the function body:
-- Arguments are accessed by name, without "a:".
-- There is no "a:" dictionary or "a:000" list.  Variable arguments are defined
-  with a name and have a list type: >
-  	def MyFunc(...itemlist: list<type>)
+Many errors are already found when compiling, before the function is executed.
+The syntax is strict, to enforce code that is easy to read and understand.
+
+Compilation is done when the function is first called, or when the
+`:defcompile` command is encountered in the script where the function was
+defined.
+
+`:def` has no options like `:function` does: "range", "abort", "dict" or
+"closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error, does not get a range
+passed and cannot be a "dict" function.
+
+The argument types and return type need to be specified.  The "any" type can
+be used, type checking will then be done at runtime, like with legacy
+functions.
+
+Arguments are accessed by name, without "a:".  There is no "a:" dictionary or
+"a:000" list.
+
+Variable arguments are defined as the last argument, with a name and have a
+list type, similar to Typescript.  For example, a list of numbers: >
+  	def MyFunc(...itemlist: list<number>)
 	   for item in itemlist
 	     ...
 
 
-Functions are script-local by default ~
+Functions and variables are script-local by default ~
 
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a new function at the script level
 in a Vim9 script, the function is local to the script, as if "s:" was
-prefixed.  To define a global function the "g:" prefix must be used.
+prefixed.  Using the "s:" prefix is optional.
+
+To define or use a global function or variable the "g:" prefix must be used.
 
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a new function inside a function,
 the function is local to the function.  It is not possible to define a
-script-local function inside a function. To define a global function the "g:"
-prefix must be used.
+script-local function inside a function. It is possible to define a global
+function, using the "g:" prefix.
 
 When referring to a function and no "s:" or "g:" prefix is used, Vim will
 search for the function in this order:
-- Local to the current function scope.
+- Local to the current scope and outer scopes up to the function scope.
 - Local to the current script file.
 - Imported functions, see `:import`.
-- Global.
+In all cases the function must be defined before used.  That is when it is
+first called or when `:defcompile` causes the call to be compiled.
 
-Global functions can be defined and deleted at nearly any time.  In Vim9
-script script-local functions are defined once when the script is sourced and
-cannot be deleted.
+The result is that functions and variables without a namespace can always be
+found in the script, either defined there or imported.  Global functions and
+variables could be defined anywhere (good luck finding where!).
+
+Global functions can be still be defined and deleted at nearly any time.  In
+Vim9 script script-local functions are defined once when the script is sourced
+and cannot be deleted or replaced.
 
 
 Variable declarations with :let and :const ~
@@ -141,8 +167,8 @@ The declaration must be done earlier: >
 	endif
 	echo inner
 
-To intentionally use a variable that won't be available later, a block can be
-used: >
+To intentionally avoid a variable being available later, a block can be used:
+>
 	{
 	   let temp = 'temp'
 	   ...
@@ -156,12 +182,12 @@ and without `:let`, because there is no rule about where they are declared.
 Variables cannot shadow previously defined variables.
 Variables may shadow Ex commands, rename the variable if needed.
 
-Global variables must be prefixed with "g:", also at the script level.
-However, global user defined functions are used without "g:". >
+Global variables and user defined functions must be prefixed with "g:", also
+at the script level. >
 	vim9script
 	let script_local = 'text'
 	let g:global = 'value'
-	let Funcref = ThatFunction
+	let Funcref = g:ThatFunction
 
 Since "&opt = value" is now assigning a value to option "opt", ":&" cannot be
 used to repeat a `:substitute` command.
@@ -366,7 +392,9 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 			`:def`, but it is not possible to nest `:def` inside
 			`:function`, for backwards compatibility.
 
-			[!] is used as with `:function`.
+			[!] is used as with `:function`.  Note that in Vim9
+			script script-local functions cannot be deleted or
+			redefined.
 
 							*:enddef*
 :enddef			End of a function defined with `:def`.
@@ -377,6 +405,10 @@ variables can be accessed without the "s:" prefix.  They must be defined
 before the function.  If the script the function is defined in is legacy
 script, then script-local variables must be accessed with the "s:" prefix.
 
+						*:defc* *:defcompile*
+:defc[ompile]		Compile functions defined in the current script that
+			were not compiled yet.
+			This will report errors found during the compilation.
 
 						*:disa* *:disassemble*
 :disa[ssemble] {func}	Show the instructions generated for {func}.

runtime/doc/vimdiff-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH VIMDIFF 1 "30 Mart 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimdiff \- bir dosyan<61>n d<>rt adede kadar s<>r<EFBFBD>mlerini Vim ile d<>zenle
+ve ayr<79>mlar<61>n<EFBFBD> g<>ster
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vimdiff
+[se<73>enekler] dosya1 dosya2 [dosya3 [dosya4]]
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimdiff,
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde iki (<28><> veya d<>rt) dosyay<61> a<>ar.
+Her dosya ayr<79> pencerelerde a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Dosyalar aras<61>ndaki ayr<79>mlar vurgulan<61>r.
+B<EFBFBD>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikler kolayca denetlenebilir ve ayn<79> dosyan<61>n ba<62>ka bir
+s<EFBFBD>r<EFBFBD>m<EFBFBD>ne kolayl<79>kla aktar<61>labilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakk<6B>nda ek bilgi i<>in: vim(1)
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+olarak ba<62>lat<61>l<EFBFBD>rsa varsa grafik arabirim a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+Her pencerede 'diff' se<73>ene<6E>i a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r, b<>ylece de<64>i<EFBFBD>iklikler vurgulan<61>r.
+.br
+\'wrap' ve 'scrollbind' se<73>enekleri metnin d<>zg<7A>n g<>r<EFBFBD>nmesi i<>in a<><61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.br
+\'foldmethod' se<73>ene<6E>i "diff"e, ayarlan<61>r, b<>ylece sat<61>r aral<61>klar<61>
+k<EFBFBD>vr<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r. 'foldcolumn' se<73>ene<6E>i k<>v<EFBFBD>rmalar<61> kolay ayr<79>mlama ve a<><61>p kapama
+i<EFBFBD>in iki olarak ayarlan<61>r.
+.SH SE<EFBFBD>ENEKLER
+Sat<EFBFBD>rlar hizalama i<>in "\-O" se<73>ene<6E>i kullan<61>lm<6C><6D><EFBFBD>as<61>na dikey b<>l<EFBFBD>nt<6E>ler
+i<EFBFBD>inde g<>r<EFBFBD>nt<6E>lenir.
+Yatay b<>l<EFBFBD>nt<6E>ler kullanmak i<>in "\-o" kullan<61>n.
+Di<EFBFBD>er t<>m de<64>i<EFBFBD>kenler i<>in: vim(1).
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+b<EFBFBD>y<EFBFBD>k <20>o<EFBFBD>unlu<6C>u Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan ba<62>kalar<61>n<EFBFBD>n kayda de<64>er
+yard<EFBFBD>mlar<EFBFBD>yla yaz<61>lm<6C><6D>t<EFBFBD>r.
+Ek bilgi i<>in
+.B Vim
+i<EFBFBD>inde ":help credits" yaz<61>n.

runtime/doc/vimdiff-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH VIMDIFF 1 "30 Mart 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimdiff \- bir dosyanın dört adede kadar sürümlerini Vim ile düzenle
+ve ayrımlarını göster
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vimdiff
+[seçenekler] dosya1 dosya2 [dosya3 [dosya4]]
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimdiff,
+.B Vim
+içinde iki (üç veya dört) dosyayı açar.
+Her dosya ayrı pencerelerde açılır.
+Dosyalar arasındaki ayrımlar vurgulanır.
+Böylece değişiklikler kolayca denetlenebilir ve aynı dosyanın başka bir
+sürümüne kolaylıkla aktarılabilir.
+.PP
+Vim hakkında ek bilgi için: vim(1)
+.PP
+.B gvimdiff
+olarak başlatılırsa varsa grafik arabirim açılır.
+.PP
+Her pencerede 'diff' seçeneği açılır, böylece değişiklikler vurgulanır.
+.br
+\'wrap' ve 'scrollbind' seçenekleri metnin düzgün görünmesi için açılır.
+.br
+\'foldmethod' seçeneği "diff"e, ayarlanır, böylece satır aralıkları
+kıvrılır. 'foldcolumn' seçeneği kıvırmaları kolay ayrımlama ve açıp kapama
+için iki olarak ayarlanır.
+.SH SEÇENEKLER
+Satırlar hizalama için "\-O" seçeneği kullanılmışçasına dikey bölüntüler
+içinde görüntülenir.
+Yatay bölüntüler kullanmak için "\-o" kullanın.
+Diğer tüm değişkenler için: vim(1).
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIZ
+vim(1)
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vim'in
+büyük çoğunluğu Bram Moolenaar tarafından başkalarının kayda değer
+yardımlarıyla yazılmıştır.
+Ek bilgi için
+.B Vim
+içinde ":help credits" yazın.

runtime/doc/vimtutor-tr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH VIMTUTOR 1 "2 Nisan 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimtutor \- Vim e<>itmeni
+.SH <EFBFBD>ZET
+.br
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [dil]
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimtutor,
+.B Vim
+e<EFBFBD>itmenini ba<62>lat<61>r.
+<EFBFBD>nce orijinal e<>itmen dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD>n bir kopyas<61>n<EFBFBD> al<61>r, b<>ylece bir de<64>i<EFBFBD>ikli<6C>e
+u<EFBFBD>ramadan de<64>i<EFBFBD>tirilebilir.
+.PP
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk
+.B Vim
+komutlar<EFBFBD>n<EFBFBD> <20><>renmek isteyen ki<6B>iler i<>in yararl<72>d<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+<EFBFBD>ste<EFBFBD>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> \-g de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni vimtutor'u vim yerine e<>er y<>kl<6B> ise gvim ile
+ba<EFBFBD>lat<EFBFBD>r. Y<>kl<6B> de<64>ilse a<>mak i<>in Vim kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.PP
+<EFBFBD>ste<EFBFBD>e ba<62>l<EFBFBD> [dil] de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni iki harfli dil kodunu belirtir, <20>rne<6E>in "tr"
+veya "es". E<>er [dil] de<64>i<EFBFBD>keni verilmemi<6D>se mevcut yerelle<6C>tirme
+kullan<EFBFBD>l<EFBFBD>r.
+E<EFBFBD>er bu dilde bir e<>itmen varsa kullan<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+Yoksa <20>ngilizce s<>r<EFBFBD>m kullan<61>lacakt<6B>r.
+.PP
+.B Vim
+her zaman Vi uyumlu kipte ba<62>lat<61>l<EFBFBD>r.
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor[.dil]
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyalar<61>.
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor.vim
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyas<61>n<EFBFBD> kopyalamak i<>in kullan<61>lan betik.
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk olarak Vi i<>in Michael C. Pierce ve Robert K. Ware, 
+Colorado School of Mines taraf<61>ndan, Colorado State University'den Charles
+Smith'in verdi<64>i fikirler kullan<61>larak yaz<61>ld<6C>.
+E-posta: bware@mines.colorado.edu.
+.br
+.B Vim
+uyarlamas<EFBFBD> Bram Moolenaar taraf<61>ndan yap<61>ld<6C>.
+<EFBFBD>evirmenlerin adlar<61> i<>in e<>itmen dosyalar<61>na bak<61>n.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIz
+vim(1)

runtime/doc/vimtutor-tr.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH VIMTUTOR 1 "2 Nisan 2001"
+.SH AD
+vimtutor \- Vim eğitmeni
+.SH ÖZET
+.br
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [dil]
+.SH TANIM
+.B Vimtutor,
+.B Vim
+eğitmenini başlatır.
+Önce orijinal eğitmen dosyasının bir kopyasını alır, böylece bir değişikliğe
+uğramadan değiştirilebilir.
+.PP
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk
+.B Vim
+komutlarını öğrenmek isteyen kişiler için yararlıdır.
+.PP
+İsteğe bağlı \-g değişkeni vimtutor'u vim yerine eğer yüklü ise gvim ile
+başlatır. Yüklü değilse açmak için Vim kullanılır.
+.PP
+İsteğe bağlı [dil] değişkeni iki harfli dil kodunu belirtir, örneğin "tr"
+veya "es". Eğer [dil] değişkeni verilmemişse mevcut yerelleştirme
+kullanılır.
+Eğer bu dilde bir eğitmen varsa kullanılır.
+Yoksa İngilizce sürüm kullanılacaktır.
+.PP
+.B Vim
+her zaman Vi uyumlu kipte başlatılır.
+.SH DOSYALAR
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor[.dil]
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyaları.
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/tutor/tutor.vim
+.B Vimtutor
+metin dosyasını kopyalamak için kullanılan betik.
+.SH YAZAR
+.B Vimtutor
+ilk olarak Vi için Michael C. Pierce ve Robert K. Ware, 
+Colorado School of Mines tarafından, Colorado State University'den Charles
+Smith'in verdiği fikirler kullanılarak yazıldı.
+E-posta: bware@mines.colorado.edu.
+.br
+.B Vim
+uyarlaması Bram Moolenaar tarafından yapıldı.
+Çevirmenlerin adları için eğitmen dosyalarına bakın.
+.SH AYRICA BAKINIz
+vim(1)

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 19
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ CTRL-W q						*CTRL-W_q*
 CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
 		given quit the {count} window.
-
-		When quitting the last window (not counting a help window),
-		exit Vim.
+							*edit-window*
+		When quitting the last edit window (not counting help or
+		preview windows), exit Vim.
 
 		When 'hidden' is set, and there is only one window for the
 		current buffer, it becomes hidden.  When 'hidden' is not set,
@@ -312,8 +312,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 		    :+quit  " quit the next window
 		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
 <
-		When closing a help window, Vim will try to restore the
-		previous window layout |:helpclose|.
+		When closing a help window, and this is not the only window,
+		Vim will try to restore the previous window layout, see
+		|:helpclose|.
 
 :q[uit]!
 :{count}q[uit]!
@@ -335,9 +336,9 @@ CTRL-W c					*CTRL-W_c* *:clo* *:close*
 		changed and the [!] is used, the buffer becomes hidden (unless
 		there is another window editing it).
 
-		When there is only one window in the current tab page and
-		there is another tab page, this closes the current tab page.
-		|tab-page|.
+		When there is only one |edit-window| in the current tab page
+		and there is another tab page, this closes the current tab
+		page.  |tab-page|.
 
 		This command fails when:			*E444*
 		- There is only one window on the screen.

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Apr 17
+" Last Change:	2020 May 07
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -547,6 +547,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/elinks.conf,*/.elinks/elinks.conf	setf elinks
 " ERicsson LANGuage; Yaws is erlang too
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.erl,*.hrl,*.yaws	setf erlang
 
+" Elm
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.elm			setf elm
+
 " Elm Filter Rules file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead filter-rules		setf elmfilt
 
@@ -884,11 +887,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ll			setf lifelines
 " Lilo: Linux loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf			setf lilo
 
-" Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp, *.jl = librep Lisp)
+" Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp)
+" *.jl was removed, it's also used for Julia, better skip than guess wrong.
 if has("fname_case")
-  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.jl,*.L,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.L,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
 else
-  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,*.jl,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsp,*.lisp,*.el,*.cl,.emacs,.sawfishrc setf lisp
 endif
 
 " SBCL implementation of Common Lisp
@@ -1133,6 +1137,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf			setf pf
 " Pam conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.conf		setf pamconf
 
+" Pam environment
+au BufNewFile,BufRead pam_env.conf,.pam_environment	setf pamenv
+
 " PApp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.papp,*.pxml,*.pxsl	setf papp
 
@@ -1650,7 +1657,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/systemd/system/*.d/*.conf	setf systemd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/systemd/user/*.d/*.conf	setf systemd
 " Systemd temp files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/systemd/system/*.d/.#*	setf systemd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/systemd/system/.#*		setf systemd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/systemd/user/*.d/.#*	setf systemd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/systemd/user/.#*	setf systemd
 
 " Synopsys Design Constraints
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sdc			setf sdc

runtime/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:    MS-DOS .bat files
 " Maintainer:  Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
-" Last Change: 14th April 2019
+" Last Change: 7th May 2020
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -19,12 +19,21 @@ setlocal comments=b:rem,b:@rem,b:REM,b:@REM,:::
 setlocal commentstring=::\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=rol
 
+" Lookup DOS keywords using Windows command help.
+if executable('help.exe')
+  if has('terminal')
+    setlocal keywordprg=:term\ help.exe
+  else
+    setlocal keywordprg=help.exe
+  endif
+endif
+
 " Define patterns for the browse file filter
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   let b:browsefilter = "DOS Batch Files (*.bat, *.cmd)\t*.bat;*.cmd\nAll Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< formatoptions<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< formatoptions< keywordprg<"
     \ . "| unlet! b:browsefiler"
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
+" Maintainer:	Jason Franklin <vim@justemail.net>
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2020 Apr 13
+" Last Change: 	2020 May 07
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.

runtime/ftplugin/masm.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Microsoft Macro Assembler (80x86)
+" Maintainer:	Wu Yongwei <wuyongwei@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020-05-09 23:02:05 +0800
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl iskeyword<"
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,36,60,62,63,@-@
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 Aug 07
+" Last Change:	2020 May 17
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 if !exists('*VimFtpluginUndo')
   func VimFtpluginUndo()
@@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_vim_maps")
   let b:did_add_maps = 1
 
   " Move around functions.
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "bW")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*fu\%[nction]\>', "W")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "bW")<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*endf\%[unction]\>', "W")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
+  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|def\)\>', "W")<CR>
 
   " Move around comments
   nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('^\(\s*".*\n\)\@<!\(\s*"\)', "W")<CR>

runtime/indent/python.vim

@@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 let s:maxoff = 50	" maximum number of lines to look backwards for ()
 
+" See if the specified line is already user-dedented from the expected value.
+function s:Dedented(lnum, expected)
+  return indent(a:lnum) <= a:expected - shiftwidth()
+endfunction
+
 function GetPythonIndent(lnum)
 
   " If this line is explicitly joined: If the previous line was also joined,
@@ -158,12 +163,12 @@ function GetPythonIndent(lnum)
   " If the previous line was a stop-execution statement...
   if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(break\|continue\|raise\|return\|pass\)\>'
     " See if the user has already dedented
-    if indent(a:lnum) > indent(plnum) - shiftwidth()
-      " If not, recommend one dedent
-      return indent(plnum) - shiftwidth()
+    if s:Dedented(a:lnum, indent(plnum))
+      " If so, trust the user
+      return -1
     endif
-    " Otherwise, trust the user
-    return -1
+    " If not, recommend one dedent
+    return indent(plnum) - shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " If the current line begins with a keyword that lines up with "try"
@@ -191,7 +196,7 @@ function GetPythonIndent(lnum)
     endif
 
     " Or the user has already dedented
-    if indent(a:lnum) <= plindent - shiftwidth()
+    if s:Dedented(a:lnum, plindent)
       return -1
     endif
 
@@ -203,7 +208,12 @@ function GetPythonIndent(lnum)
   "       + c)
   " here
   if parlnum > 0
-    return plindent
+    " ...unless the user has already dedented
+    if s:Dedented(a:lnum, plindent)
+        return -1
+    else
+        return plindent
+    endif
   endif
 
   return -1

runtime/indent/sshconfig.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: ssh config file
+" Maintainer: JasonKim <git@jasonk.me>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 16
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetSshconfigIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,0=~host\ ,0=~match\ ,0#,!^F
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setlocal autoindent< indentexpr< indentkeys<"
+
+if exists("*GetSshconfigIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetSshconfigIndent(lnum)
+  let sw = shiftwidth()
+  let prev_lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
+  let curr_lnum = a:lnum
+  let prev_line = getline(prev_lnum)
+  let curr_line = getline(curr_lnum)
+  if curr_line =~? '^\s*\(host\|match\)\s'
+    return 0
+  elseif prev_line =~? '^\s*\(host\|match\)\s'
+    return sw
+  else
+    return indent(prev_lnum)
+  endif
+endfunction

runtime/indent/testdir/runtest.vim

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ filetype indent on
 syn on
 set nowrapscan
 set report=9999
+set modeline
 
 au! SwapExists * call HandleSwapExists()
 func HandleSwapExists()

runtime/indent/testdir/sshconfig.in

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# vim: set filetype=sshconfig shiftwidth=4 expandtab :
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host myhost
+User myuser
+PasswordAuthentication no
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+User bbb
+Host ccc
+Host ddd
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+host aaa
+HOST bbb
+hoSt ccc
+match ddd
+MATCH eee
+MatCH fff
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+User host
+PasswordAuthentication no
+Host *
+User user
+PasswordAuthentication no
+Host match
+User bbb
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host	tab
+User myuser
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host 	 mix
+User myuser
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+User bbb
+Match ccc
+User ddd
+HostKeyAlgorithms ssh-ed25519
+Match eee
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/sshconfig.ok

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# vim: set filetype=sshconfig shiftwidth=4 expandtab :
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host myhost
+    User myuser
+    PasswordAuthentication no
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+    User bbb
+Host ccc
+Host ddd
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+host aaa
+HOST bbb
+hoSt ccc
+match ddd
+MATCH eee
+MatCH fff
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+    User host
+    PasswordAuthentication no
+Host *
+    User user
+    PasswordAuthentication no
+Host match
+    User bbb
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host	tab
+    User myuser
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host 	 mix
+    User myuser
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+Host aaa
+    User bbb
+Match ccc
+    User ddd
+    HostKeyAlgorithms ssh-ed25519
+Match eee
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/tex.vim

@@ -64,14 +64,17 @@
 "                   style) is supported.  Thanks Miles Wheeler for reporting.
 "               2018/02/07 by Yichao Zhou <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
 "               (*) Make indentation more smart in the normal mode
+"               2020/04/26 by Yichao Zhou <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
+"               (*) Fix a bug related to \[ & \].  Thanks Manuel Boni for
+"               reporting.
 "
 " }}}
 
 " Document: {{{
 "
-" To set the following options (ok, currently it's just one), add a line like
-"   let g:tex_indent_items = 1
-" to your ~/.vimrc.
+" For proper latex experience, please put
+"         let g:tex_flavor = "latex"
+" into your vimrc.
 "
 " * g:tex_indent_brace
 "
@@ -184,13 +187,18 @@ function! GetTeXIndent() " {{{
     let line = substitute(getline(lnum), '\s*%.*', '','g')     " last line
     let cline = substitute(getline(v:lnum), '\s*%.*', '', 'g') " current line
 
+    let ccol = 1
+    while cline[ccol] =~ '\s'
+        let ccol += 1
+    endwhile
+
     "  We are in verbatim, so do what our user what.
-    if synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, indent(v:lnum), 1), "name") == "texZone"
+    if synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, ccol, 1), "name") == "texZone"
         if empty(cline)
             return indent(lnum)
         else
             return indent(v:lnum)
-        end
+        endif
     endif
 
     if lnum == 0
@@ -253,13 +261,13 @@ function! GetTeXIndent() " {{{
             let stay = 0
         endif
 
-        if cline =~ '^\s*\\\?[\]}]' && s:CheckPairedIsLastCharacter(v:lnum, indent(v:lnum))
+        if cline =~ '^\s*\\\?[\]}]' && s:CheckPairedIsLastCharacter(v:lnum, ccol)
             let ind -= shiftwidth()
             let stay = 0
         endif
 
         if line !~ '^\s*\\\?[\]}]'
-            for i in range(indent(lnum)+1, strlen(line)-1)
+            for i in range(1, strlen(line)-1)
                 let char = line[i]
                 if char == ']' || char == '}'
                     if s:CheckPairedIsLastCharacter(lnum, i)

runtime/macros/less.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to work like "less"
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Mar 31
+" Last Change:	2020 May 18
 
 " Avoid loading this file twice, allow the user to define his own script.
 if exists("loaded_less")
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ endif
 " When reading from stdin don't consider the file modified.
 au VimEnter * set nomod
 
-" Can't modify the text
-set noma
+" Can't modify the text or write the file.
+set nomodifiable readonly
 
 " Give help
 noremap h :call <SID>Help()<CR>

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 "
 " Author: Bram Moolenaar
 " Copyright: Vim license applies, see ":help license"
-" Last Change: 2020 Feb 19
+" Last Change: 2020 May 22
 "
 " WORK IN PROGRESS - Only the basics work
 " Note: On MS-Windows you need a recent version of gdb.  The one included with
@@ -657,8 +657,10 @@ func s:InstallCommands()
   command Source call s:GotoSourcewinOrCreateIt()
   command Winbar call s:InstallWinbar()
 
-  " TODO: can the K mapping be restored?
-  nnoremap K :Evaluate<CR>
+  if !exists('g:termdebug_map_K') || g:termdebug_map_K
+    let s:k_map_saved = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
+    nnoremap K :Evaluate<CR>
+  endif
 
   if has('menu') && &mouse != ''
     call s:InstallWinbar()
@@ -708,7 +710,10 @@ func s:DeleteCommands()
   delcommand Source
   delcommand Winbar
 
-  nunmap K
+  if exists('s:k_map_saved')
+    call mapset('n', 0, s:k_map_saved)
+    unlet s:k_map_saved
+  endif
 
   if has('menu')
     " Remove the WinBar entries from all windows where it was added.

runtime/plugin/gzip.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ augroup gzip
   "
   " Set binary mode before reading the file.
   " Use "gzip -d", gunzip isn't always available.
-  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz,*.bz2,*.Z,*.lzma,*.xz,*.lz,*.zst setlocal bin
+  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz,*.bz2,*.Z,*.lzma,*.xz,*.lz,*.zst,*.br,*.lzo setlocal bin
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz  call gzip#read("gzip -dn")
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.bz2 call gzip#read("bzip2 -d")
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.Z   call gzip#read("uncompress")
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ augroup gzip
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.xz  call gzip#read("xz -d")
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.lz  call gzip#read("lzip -d")
   autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.zst call gzip#read("zstd -d --rm")
+  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.br call gzip#read("brotli -d --rm")
+  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.lzo call gzip#read("lzop -d -U")
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz  call gzip#write("gzip")
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.bz2 call gzip#write("bzip2")
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.Z   call gzip#write("compress -f")
@@ -35,6 +37,8 @@ augroup gzip
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.xz  call gzip#write("xz -z")
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.lz  call gzip#write("lzip")
   autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.zst  call gzip#write("zstd --rm")
+  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.br  call gzip#write("brotli --rm")
+  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.lzo  call gzip#write("lzop -U")
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.gz  call gzip#appre("gzip -dn")
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.bz2 call gzip#appre("bzip2 -d")
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.Z   call gzip#appre("uncompress")
@@ -42,6 +46,8 @@ augroup gzip
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.xz   call gzip#appre("xz -d")
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.lz   call gzip#appre("lzip -d")
   autocmd FileAppendPre			*.zst call gzip#appre("zstd -d --rm")
+  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.br call gzip#appre("brotli -d --rm")
+  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.lzo call gzip#appre("lzop -d -U")
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.gz  call gzip#write("gzip")
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.bz2 call gzip#write("bzip2")
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.Z   call gzip#write("compress -f")
@@ -49,4 +55,6 @@ augroup gzip
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.xz call gzip#write("xz -z")
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.lz call gzip#write("lzip")
   autocmd FileAppendPost		*.zst call gzip#write("zstd --rm")
+  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.br call gzip#write("brotli --rm")
+  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.lzo call gzip#write("lzop -U")
 augroup END

runtime/syntax/asciidoc.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:     AsciiDoc
-" Author:       Stuart Rackham <srackham@gmail.com> (inspired by Felix
-"               Obenhuber's original asciidoc.vim script).
-" URL:          http://asciidoc.org/
-" Licence:      GPL (http://www.gnu.org)
-" Remarks:      Vim 6 or greater
-" Last Update:  2014 Aug 29 (see Issue 240)
+" Language:        AsciiDoc
+" Maintainer:      @aerostitch on GitHub (tag me in your issue in the
+"                  github/vim/vim repository and I'll answer when available)
+" Original author: Stuart Rackham <srackham@gmail.com> (inspired by Felix
+"                  Obenhuber's original asciidoc.vim script).
+" URL:             http://asciidoc.org/
+" Licence:         GPL (http://www.gnu.org)
+" Remarks:         Vim 6 or greater
+" Last Update:     2020 May 03 (see Issue 240)
 " Limitations:
-" 
+"
 " - Nested quoted text formatting is highlighted according to the outer
 "   format.
 " - If a closing Example Block delimiter may be mistaken for a title
@@ -23,9 +25,7 @@ if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
-syn clear
-syn sync fromstart
-syn sync linebreaks=100
+" Use the default syntax syncing.
 
 " Run :help syn-priority to review syntax matching priority.
 syn keyword asciidocToDo TODO FIXME CHECK TEST XXX ZZZ DEPRECATED

runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2020 Feb 02
+" Last Change: 2020 Apr 27
 " URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ let s:supported = [
       \ 'wheezy', 'jessie', 'stretch', 'buster', 'bullseye', 'bookworm',
       \ 'sid', 'rc-buggy',
       \
-      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'bionic', 'eoan', 'focal', 'devel'
+      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'bionic', 'eoan', 'focal', 'groovy', 'devel'
       \ ]
 let s:unsupported = [
       \ 'frozen', 'buzz', 'rex', 'bo', 'hamm', 'slink', 'potato',

runtime/syntax/debsources.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     Debian sources.list
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainer: Matthijs Mohlmann <matthijs@cacholong.nl>
-" Last Change: 2020 Feb 02
+" Last Change: 2020 Apr 27
 " URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/debsources.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ let s:supported = [
       \ 'wheezy', 'jessie', 'stretch', 'buster', 'bullseye', 'bookworm',
       \ 'sid', 'rc-buggy',
       \
-      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'bionic', 'eoan', 'focal', 'devel'
+      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'bionic', 'eoan', 'focal', 'groovy', 'devel'
       \ ]
 let s:unsupported = [
       \ 'buzz', 'rex', 'bo', 'hamm', 'slink', 'potato',

runtime/syntax/gnuplot.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Josh Wainwright <wainwright DOT ja AT gmail DOT com>
 " Last Maintainer:	Andrew Rasmussen andyras@users.sourceforge.net
 " Original Maintainer:	John Hoelzel johnh51@users.sourceforge.net
-" Last Change:	2015-08-25
+" Last Change:	2020 May 12
 " Filenames:	*.gnu *.plt *.gpi *.gih *.gp *.gnuplot scripts: #!*gnuplot
 " URL:		http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=4873
 " Original URL:	http://johnh51.get.to/vim/syntax/gnuplot.vim
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ syn keyword gnuplotKeyword	terminal palette rgb rbg grb gbr brg bgr
 
 " ---- Macros ---- "
 
-syn region gnuplotMacro		start="@" end=" "
+syn match gnuplotMacro		"@[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
 
 " ---- Todos ---- "
 

runtime/syntax/groovy.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Groovy
-" Original Author:	Alessio Pace <billy.corgan@tiscali.it>
-" Maintainer:	Tobias Rapp <yahuxo@gmx.de>
-" Version: 	0.1.16
+" Original Author:	Alessio Pace <billy.corgan AT tiscali.it>
+" Maintainer:	Tobias Rapp <yahuxo+vim AT mailbox.org>
+" Version: 	0.1.17
 " URL:	  http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=945
-" Last Change:	2016 May 23
+" Last Change:	2020 May 26
 
 " THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S NOTES:
 "
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ if exists("groovy_regex_strings")
 endif
 " syn region groovyELExpr start=+${+ end=+}+ keepend contained
 syn match groovyELExpr /\${.\{-}}/ contained
-syn match groovyELExpr /\$[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_.]*/ contained
+syn match groovyELExpr /\$[a-zA-Z\u00C0-\u00D6\u00D8-\u00F6\u00F8-\u00FF\u0100-\uFFFE_][a-zA-Z\u00C0-\u00D6\u00D8-\u00F6\u00F8-\u00FF\u0100-\uFFFE0-9_.]*/ contained
 hi def link groovyELExpr Identifier
 
 " TODO: better matching. I am waiting to understand how it really works in groovy

runtime/syntax/javascript.vim

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 "		(ss) repaired several quoting and grouping glitches
 "		(ss) fixed regex parsing issue with multiple qualifiers [gi]
 "		(ss) additional factoring of keywords, globals, and members
-" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
+" Last Change:	2020 May 14
 " 		2013 Jun 12: adjusted javaScriptRegexpString (Kevin Locke)
 " 		2018 Apr 14: adjusted javaScriptRegexpString (LongJohnCoder)
 
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ else
     syn match	javaScriptParens	   "[()]"
 endif
 
-syn sync fromstart
-syn sync maxlines=100
-
 if main_syntax == "javascript"
+  syn sync fromstart
+  syn sync maxlines=100
+
   syn sync ccomment javaScriptComment
 endif
 

runtime/syntax/lex.vim

@@ -1,22 +1,19 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:	Lex
+" Language:	Lex and Flex
 " Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-" Last Change:	Aug 31, 2016
-" Version:	17
-" URL:	http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_LEX
-"
-" Option:
-"   lex_uses_cpp : if this variable exists, then C++ is loaded rather than C
+" Contributor:	Robert A. van Engelen <engelen@acm.org>
+" Last Change:	Apr 24, 2020
+" Version:	18
 
 " quit when a syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
-" Read the C/C++ syntax to start with
-let s:Cpath= fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h").(exists("g:lex_uses_cpp")? "/cpp.vim" : "/c.vim"))
+" Read the C++ syntax to start with
+let s:Cpath= fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h")."/cpp.vim")
 if !filereadable(s:Cpath)
- for s:Cpath in split(globpath(&rtp,(exists("g:lex_uses_cpp")? "syntax/cpp.vim" : "syntax/c.vim")),"\n")
+ for s:Cpath in split(globpath(&rtp,"syntax/cpp.vim"),"\n")
   if filereadable(fnameescape(s:Cpath))
    let s:Cpath= fnameescape(s:Cpath)
    break
@@ -29,115 +26,163 @@ exe "syn include @lexCcode ".s:Cpath
 " --- Lex stuff ---
 " --- ========= ---
 
-" Options Section
-syn match lexOptions '^%\s*option\>.*$' contains=lexPatString
+" Definitions
+" %%
+" Rules
+" %%
+" User Code
+"
+" --- ======= ---
+" --- Example ---
+" --- ======= ---
+"
+"   // this is a valid lex file
+"   // indented initial code block
+"   #include <stdlib.h>
+" %{
+" // initial code block
+" #include <stdio.h>
+" const char *sep = "";
+" %}
+" %option outfile="scanner.c" noyywrap nodefault
+" %x COMMENT
+" id      [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*
+" %%
+"   // indented initial action code block
+"   printf("BEGIN");
+" {id}    printf("%s%s", sep, yytext); sep = "";
+" .       |
+" \n      { sep = "\n"; }
+" "/*"    { BEGIN COMMENT; }
+" "//".*  { }
+" <COMMENT>{
+" "*/"    { BEGIN INITIAL; }
+" .|\n    
+" }
+" <*><<EOF>> { // end of file
+"              printf("\nEND\n");
+"              yyterminate();
+"            }
+" %%
+" void scan()
+" {
+"   while (yylex())
+"     continue;
+" }
+" /* main program */
+" int main()
+" { 
+"   scan();
+" }   
 
-" Abbreviations Section
+" Definitions Section with initial code blocks, abbreviations, options, states
 if has("folding")
- syn region lexAbbrvBlock	fold start="^\(\h\+\s\|%{\)"	end="^\ze%%$"	skipnl	nextgroup=lexPatBlock contains=lexAbbrv,lexInclude,lexAbbrvComment,lexStartState
+ syn region lexAbbrvBlock	fold	start="^\S"	end="^\ze%%"	skipnl	nextgroup=lexPatBlock	contains=lexOptions,lexAbbrv,lexInitialCodeBlock,lexInclude,lexAbbrvComment,lexStartState
 else
- syn region lexAbbrvBlock	start="^\(\h\+\s\|%{\)"	end="^\ze%%$"	skipnl	nextgroup=lexPatBlock contains=lexAbbrv,lexInclude,lexAbbrvComment,lexStartState
+ syn region lexAbbrvBlock		start="^\S"	end="^\ze%%"	skipnl	nextgroup=lexPatBlock	contains=lexOptions,lexAbbrv,lexInitialCodeBlock,lexInclude,lexAbbrvComment,lexStartState
 endif
-syn match  lexAbbrv		"^\I\i*\s"me=e-1			skipwhite	contained nextgroup=lexAbbrvRegExp
-syn match  lexAbbrv		"^%[sx]"					contained
-syn match  lexAbbrvRegExp	"\s\S.*$"lc=1				contained nextgroup=lexAbbrv,lexInclude
+syn match  lexOptions		"^%\a\+\(\s.*\|[^{]*\)$"				contains=lexOptionsEq,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexBrace,lexSlashBrace
+syn match  lexOptionsEq		"="					skipwhite	contained
+syn match  lexAbbrv		"^\I\i*\s"me=e-1			skipwhite	contained	nextgroup=lexAbbrvPat
+syn match  lexAbbrvPat		"\s\S.*$"lc=1						contained	contains=lexPatAbbrv,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexBrace,lexSlashBrace	nextgroup=lexAbbrv,lexInclude
+syn match  lexStartState	"^%\(xs\?\|s\)\(t\(a\(t\(e\?\)\?\)\?\)\?\)\?\(\s\+\I\i*\)\+\s*$"	contained	contains=lexStartStateCmd
+syn match  lexStartStateCmd	'^%\(xs\?\|s\)\(t\(a\(t\(e\?\)\?\)\?\)\?\)\?'	contained
 if has("folding")
- syn region lexInclude	fold matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%{"	end="%}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
- syn region lexAbbrvComment	fold			start="^\s\+/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
- syn region lexAbbrvComment	fold			start="\%^/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
- syn region lexStartState	fold matchgroup=lexAbbrv	start="^%\a\+"	end="$"	contained
+ syn region lexInitialCodeBlock	fold				start="^\s\+"	end="^\S"me=e-1			contains=@lexCcode
+ syn region lexInclude		fold	matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%\a*{"	end="^%\?}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
+ syn region lexAbbrvComment	fold				start="^\s*//"	end="$"		contains=@Spell
+ syn region lexAbbrvComment	fold				start="^\s*/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
 else
- syn region lexInclude	matchgroup=lexSep		start="^%{"	end="%}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
- syn region lexAbbrvComment				start="^\s\+/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
- syn region lexAbbrvComment				start="\%^/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
- syn region lexStartState	matchgroup=lexAbbrv		start="^%\a\+"	end="$"	contained
+ syn region lexInitialCodeBlock					start="^\s\+"	end="^\S"me=e-1			contains=@lexCcode
+ syn region lexInclude			matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%\a*{"	end="^%\?}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
+ syn region lexAbbrvComment					start="^\s*//"	end="$"		contains=@Spell
+ syn region lexAbbrvComment					start="^\s*/\*"	end="\*/"	contains=@Spell
 endif
 
-"%% : Patterns {Actions}
+" Rules Section with patterns and actions
 if has("folding")
- syn region lexPatBlock	fold matchgroup=Todo	start="^%%$" matchgroup=Todo	end="^%\ze%$"	skipnl	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexFinalCodeBlock	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatInclude
- syn region lexPat		fold			start=+\S+ skip="\\\\\|\\."	end="\s"me=e-1	skipwhite	contained nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatSep,lexPattern contains=lexPatTag,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexBrace
- syn region lexPatInclude	fold matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%{"	end="%}"	contained	contains=lexPatCode
- syn region lexBrace	fold			start="\[" skip=+\\\\\|\\+	end="]"			contained
- syn region lexPatString	fold matchgroup=String	start=+"+	skip=+\\\\\|\\"+	matchgroup=String end=+"+	contained
+ syn region lexPatBlock		fold	matchgroup=Todo		start="^%%"	matchgroup=Todo		end="^\ze%%"	skipnl	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexFinalCodeBlock	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatSep,lexPatInclude
+ syn region lexPat		fold				start="\S"	skip="\\\\\|\\\s"	end="\ze\(\s*$\|\s\+\(\h\|{\W\|{$\|[-+*]\|//\|/\*\)\)"	skipwhite	contained nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatSep,lexPatEnd	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexPatAbbrv,lexBrace,lexSlashBrace
+ syn region lexPatInclude	fold	matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%{"	end="^%}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
+ syn region lexBrace		fold	matchgroup=Character	start="\["	skip="\\.\|\[:\a\+:\]\|\[\.\a\+\.\]\|\[=.=\]"	end="\]"	contained
+ syn region lexPatString	fold	matchgroup=String	start=+"+	skip=+\\\\\|\\"+	matchgroup=String	end=+"+	contained
 else
- syn region lexPatBlock	matchgroup=Todo		start="^%%$" matchgroup=Todo	end="^%%$"	skipnl	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexFinalCodeBlock	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatInclude
- syn region lexPat					start=+\S+ skip="\\\\\|\\."	end="\s"me=e-1	skipwhite	contained nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatSep,lexPattern contains=lexPatTag,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexBrace
- syn region lexPatInclude	matchgroup=lexSep		start="^%{"	end="%}"	contained	contains=lexPatCode
- syn region lexBrace				start="\[" skip=+\\\\\|\\+	end="]"			contained
- syn region lexPatString	matchgroup=String		start=+"+	skip=+\\\\\|\\"+	matchgroup=String end=+"+	contained
+ syn region lexPatBlock			matchgroup=Todo		start="^%%"	matchgroup=Todo		end="^\ze%%"	skipnl	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexFinalCodeBlock	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatSep,lexPatInclude
+ syn region lexPat						start="\S"	skip="\\\\\|\\\s"	end="\ze\(\s*$\|\s\+\(\h\|{\W\|{$\|[-+*]\|//\|/\*\)\)"	skipwhite	contained nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatSep,lexPatEnd	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatString,lexSlashQuote,lexPatAbbrv,lexBrace,lexSlashBrace
+ syn region lexPatInclude		matchgroup=lexSep	start="^%{"	end="^%}"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
+ syn region lexBrace			matchgroup=Character	start="\["	skip="\\.\|\[:\a\+:\]\|\[\.\a\+\.\]\|\[=.=\]"	end="\]"	contained
+ syn region lexPatString		matchgroup=String	start=+"+	skip=+\\\\\|\\"+	matchgroup=String	end=+"+	contained
 endif
-syn match  lexPatTag	"^<\I\i*\(,\I\i*\)*>"			contained nextgroup=lexPat,lexPatTag,lexMorePat,lexPatSep
-syn match  lexPatTagZone	"^<\I\i*\(,\I\i*\)*>\s\+\ze{"			contained nextgroup=lexPatTagZoneStart
-syn match  lexPatTag	+^<\I\i*\(,\I\i*\)*>*\(\\\\\)*\\"+		contained nextgroup=lexPat,lexPatTag,lexMorePat,lexPatSep
-
-" Lex Patterns
-syn region lexPattern	start='[^ \t{}]'	end="$"			contained	contains=lexPatRange
-syn region lexPatRange	matchgroup=Delimiter	start='\['	skip='\\\\\|\\.'	end='\]'	contains=lexEscape
-syn match  lexEscape	'\%(\\\\\)*\\.'				contained
+syn match  lexPatAbbrv		"{\I\i*}"hs=s+1,he=e-1					contained
+syn match  lexPatTag		"^<\^\?\(\I\i*\|\*\)\(,\^\?\(\I\i*\|\*\)\)*>"		contained	nextgroup=lexPat,lexMorePat,lexPatSep,lexPatEnd
+syn match  lexPatTagZone	"^<\^\?\(\I\i*\|\*\)\(,\^\?\(\I\i*\|\*\)\)*>\s*{$"me=e-1	contained	nextgroup=lexPatTagZoneStart
 
 if has("folding")
- syn region lexPatTagZoneStart matchgroup=lexPatTag	fold	start='{' end='}'	contained contains=lexPat,lexPatComment
- syn region lexPatComment	start="\s\+/\*" end="\*/"	fold	skipnl	contained contains=cTodo skipwhite nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
+ syn region lexPatTagZoneStart	fold	matchgroup=lexPatTag	start='{$'	end='^}'	skipnl	skipwhite	contained	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatSep,lexPatInclude
+ syn region lexPatComment	fold	start="//"	end="$"		skipnl	contained	contains=cTodo	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
+ syn region lexPatComment	fold	start="/\*"	end="\*/"	skipnl	contained	contains=cTodo	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
 else
- syn region lexPatTagZoneStart matchgroup=lexPatTag		start='{' end='}'	contained contains=lexPat,lexPatComment
- syn region lexPatComment	start="\s\+/\*" end="\*/"		skipnl	contained contains=cTodo skipwhite nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
+ syn region lexPatTagZoneStart		matchgroup=lexPatTag		start='{'	end='^}'	skipnl	skipwhitecontained	contains=lexPatTag,lexPatTagZone,lexPatComment,lexPat,lexPatSep,lexPatInclude
+ syn region lexPatComment		start="//"	end="$"		skipnl	contained	contains=cTodo	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
+ syn region lexPatComment		start="/\*"	end="\*/"	skipnl	contained	contains=cTodo	skipwhite	nextgroup=lexPatComment,lexPat,@Spell
 endif
-syn match  lexPatCodeLine	"[^{\[].*"				contained contains=@lexCcode
-syn match  lexMorePat	"\s*|\s*$"			skipnl	contained nextgroup=lexPat,lexPatTag,lexPatComment
-syn match  lexPatSep	"\s\+"					contained nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatCode,lexPatCodeLine
+syn match  lexPatEnd		"\s*$"				skipnl	contained
+syn match  lexPatCodeLine	"[^{\[].*"				contained	contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
+syn match  lexMorePat		"\s*|\s*$"			skipnl	contained	nextgroup=lexPat,lexPatTag,lexPatComment
+syn match  lexPatSep		"\s\+"					contained	nextgroup=lexMorePat,lexPatCode,lexPatCodeLine
 syn match  lexSlashQuote	+\(\\\\\)*\\"+				contained
+syn match  lexSlashBrace	+\(\\\\\)*\\\[+				contained
 if has("folding")
- syn region lexPatCode matchgroup=Delimiter start="{" end="}"	fold	skipnl contained contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
+ syn region lexPatCode		fold	matchgroup=Delimiter	start="{"	end="}"	skipnl	contained	contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
 else
- syn region lexPatCode matchgroup=Delimiter start="{" end="}"	skipnl	contained contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
+ syn region lexPatCode			matchgroup=Delimiter	start="{"	end="}"	skipnl	contained	contains=@lexCcode,lexCFunctions
 endif
 
-" Lex "functions" which may appear in C/C++ code blocks
-syn keyword lexCFunctions	BEGIN	input	unput	woutput	yyleng	yylook	yytext
-syn keyword lexCFunctions	ECHO	output	winput	wunput	yyless	yymore	yywrap
+" User Code Section with final code block
+syn region lexFinalCodeBlock	matchgroup=Todo	start="^%%"	end="\%$"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
 
-" %%
-"  lexAbbrevBlock
-" %%
-"  lexPatBlock
-" %%
-"  lexFinalCodeBlock
-syn region lexFinalCodeBlock matchgroup=Todo start="%$"me=e-1 end="\%$"	contained	contains=@lexCcode
+" Lex macros which may appear in C/C++ code blocks
+syn keyword lexCFunctions	BEGIN	ECHO	REJECT	yytext	YYText	yyleng	YYLeng	yymore	yyless	yywrap	yylook
+syn keyword lexCFunctions	yyrestart	yyterminate	yylineno	yycolumno	yyin	yyout
+syn keyword lexCFunctions	input	unput	output		winput		wunput		woutput
+syn keyword lexCFunctions	yyinput	yyunput	yyoutput	yywinput	yywunput	yywoutput
 
 " <c.vim> includes several ALLBUTs; these have to be treated so as to exclude lex* groups
-syn cluster cParenGroup	add=lex.*
+syn cluster cParenGroup		add=lex.*
 syn cluster cDefineGroup	add=lex.*
 syn cluster cPreProcGroup	add=lex.*
-syn cluster cMultiGroup	add=lex.*
+syn cluster cMultiGroup		add=lex.*
 
 " Synchronization
 syn sync clear
 syn sync minlines=500
 syn sync match lexSyncPat	grouphere  lexPatBlock	"^%[a-zA-Z]"
 syn sync match lexSyncPat	groupthere lexPatBlock	"^<$"
-syn sync match lexSyncPat	groupthere lexPatBlock	"^%%$"
+syn sync match lexSyncPat	groupthere lexPatBlock	"^%%"
 
 " The default highlighting.
 if !exists("skip_lex_syntax_inits")
  hi def link lexAbbrvComment	lexPatComment
- hi def link lexAbbrvRegExp	Macro
- hi def link lexAbbrv	SpecialChar
- hi def link lexBrace	lexPat
- hi def link lexCFunctions	Function
- hi def link lexCstruct	cStructure
- hi def link lexMorePat	SpecialChar
- hi def link lexOptions	PreProc
+ hi def link lexAbbrvPat	lexPat
+ hi def link lexAbbrv		Special
+ hi def link lexBrace		lexPat
+ hi def link lexCFunctions	PreProc
+ hi def link lexMorePat		Special
+ hi def link lexOptions		PreProc
+ hi def link lexOptionsEq	Operator
  hi def link lexPatComment	Comment
  hi def link lexPat		Function
- hi def link lexPatString	Function
- hi def link lexPatTag	Special
+ hi def link lexPatString	lexPat
+ hi def link lexPatAbbrv	Special
+ hi def link lexPatTag		Statement
  hi def link lexPatTagZone	lexPatTag
  hi def link lexSep		Delimiter
  hi def link lexSlashQuote	lexPat
- hi def link lexStartState	Statement
+ hi def link lexSlashBrace	lexPat
+ hi def link lexStartState	lexPatTag
+ hi def link lexStartStateCmd	Special
 endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "lex"
 
-" vim:ts=10
+" vim:ts=8

runtime/syntax/make.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Roland Hieber <rohieb+vim-iR0jGdkV@rohieb.name>, <https://github.com/rohieb>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/syntax/make.vim
-" Last Change:	2020 Mar 04
+" Last Change:	2020 May 03
 
 " quit when a syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ syn match makePreCondit	"^ *\(ifn\=\(eq\|def\)\>\|else\(\s\+ifn\=\(eq\|def\)\)\=
 syn match makeInclude	"^ *[-s]\=include\s.*$"
 syn match makeStatement	"^ *vpath"
 syn match makeExport    "^ *\(export\|unexport\)\>"
-syn match makeOverride	"^ *override"
+syn match makeOverride	"^ *override\>"
 " Statements / Functions (GNU make)
 syn match makeStatement contained "(\(abspath\|addprefix\|addsuffix\|and\|basename\|call\|dir\|error\|eval\|file\|filter-out\|filter\|findstring\|firstword\|flavor\|foreach\|guile\|if\|info\|join\|lastword\|notdir\|or\|origin\|patsubst\|realpath\|shell\|sort\|strip\|subst\|suffix\|value\|warning\|wildcard\|word\|wordlist\|words\)\>"ms=s+1
 

runtime/syntax/man.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Man page
-" Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer:	Jason Franklin <vim@justemail.net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Gautam H. Mudunuri <gmudunur@informatica.com>
 " Version Info:
-" Last Change:	2020 Apr 15
+" Last Change:	2020 Apr 30
 
 " Additional highlighting by Johannes Tanzler <johannes.tanzler@aon.at>:
 "	* manSubHeading
@@ -19,9 +20,6 @@ runtime! syntax/ctrlh.vim
 
 syn case ignore
 
-syn match manHeader '\%1l.*'
-exe 'syn match manFooter ''\%' . line('$') . 'l.*'''
-
 syn match  manReference       "\f\+([1-9][a-z]\=)"
 syn match  manSectionHeading  "^[a-z][a-z -]*[a-z]$"
 syn match  manSubHeading      "^\s\{3\}[a-z][a-z -]*[a-z]$"
@@ -29,6 +27,9 @@ syn match  manOptionDesc      "^\s*[+-][a-z0-9]\S*"
 syn match  manLongOptionDesc  "^\s*--[a-z0-9-]\S*"
 " syn match  manHistory		"^[a-z].*last change.*$"
 
+syn match manHeader '\%1l.*'
+exe 'syn match manFooter ''\%' . line('$') . 'l.*'''
+
 if getline(1) =~ '^[a-zA-Z_]\+([23])'
   syntax include @cCode <sfile>:p:h/c.vim
   syn match manCFuncDefinition  display "\<\h\w*\>\s*("me=e-1 contained

runtime/syntax/masm.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Microsoft Macro Assembler (80x86)
 " Orig Author:	Rob Brady <robb@datatone.com>
 " Maintainer:	Wu Yongwei <wuyongwei@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	$Date: 2013/11/13 11:49:24 $
-" $Revision: 1.48 $
+" Last Change:	2020-05-09 22:55:38 +0800
 
 " Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -13,10 +12,12 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
+syn iskeyword @,48-57,_,36,60,62,63,@-@
+
 syn case ignore
 
 
-syn match masmIdentifier	"[@a-z_$?][@a-z0-9_$?]*"
+syn match masmIdentifier	"[@a-z_$?][@a-z0-9_$?<>]*"
 syn match masmLabel		"^\s*[@a-z_$?][@a-z0-9_$?]*:"he=e-1
 
 syn match masmDecimal		"[-+]\?\d\+[dt]\?"

runtime/syntax/pamenv.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:             pam_env.conf(5) configuration file
+" Latest Revision:      2020-05-10
+
+if exists("b:current_syntax")
+  finish
+endif
+
+syn keyword     pamenvTodo              contained TODO FIXME XXX NOTE
+syn region      pamenvComment           start='^#' end='$' display oneline contains=pamenvTodo,@Spells
+
+syn match       pamenvVars              '^[A-Z_][A-Z_0-9]*' nextgroup=pamenvKeywords skipwhite
+
+syn keyword     pamenvKeywords          contained DEFAULT OVERRIDE nextgroup=pamenvVarEq
+
+syn match       pamenvVarEq             contained '=' nextgroup=pamenvValue,pamenvValueWithQuote
+
+syn match       pamenvValue             contained '[^ \t]*' skipwhite nextgroup=pamenvKeywords
+syn region      pamenvValueWithQuote    contained start='"' end='"' skipwhite nextgroup=pamenvKeywords
+
+hi def link     pamenvTodo              Todo
+hi def link     pamenvComment           Comment
+hi def link     pamenvKeywords          Keyword
+hi def link     pamenvVars              Identifier
+hi def link     pamenvValue             String
+hi def link     pamenvValueWithQuote    String
+
+let b:current_syntax = "pamenv"

runtime/syntax/php.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language: php PHP 3/4/5/7
-" Maintainer: Jason Woofenden <jason@jasonwoof.com>
-" Last Change: Oct 19, 2019
-" URL: https://jasonwoof.com/gitweb/?p=vim-syntax.git;a=blob;f=php.vim;hb=HEAD
-" Former Maintainers: Peter Hodge <toomuchphp-vim@yahoo.com>
+" Maintainer: Tyson Andre <tysonandre775@hotmail.com>
+" Last Change: May 11, 2020
+" URL: https://github.com/TysonAndre/vim-syntax
+" Former Maintainers: 
+"         Jason Woofenden <jason@jasonwoof.com>
+"         Peter Hodge <toomuchphp-vim@yahoo.com>
 "         Debian VIM Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 "
 " Note: If you are using a colour terminal with dark background, you will
@@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ if exists( "php_htmlInStrings")
   syn cluster phpAddStrings add=@htmlTop
 endif
 
-" make sure we can use \ at the begining of the line to do a continuation
+" make sure we can use \ at the beginning of the line to do a continuation
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ syn region phpIdentifierComplexP matchgroup=phpParent start="\[" end="]" contain
   " define a cluster to get all interpolation syntaxes for double-quoted strings
   syn cluster phpInterpDouble contains=phpInterpSimple,phpInterpSimpleCurly,phpInterpDollarCurly1,phpInterpDollarCurly2,phpInterpBogusDollarCurley,phpInterpComplex
 
-" Methoden
+" Methods
 syn match phpMethodsVar "->\h\w*" contained contains=phpMethods,phpMemberSelector display
 
 " Include
@@ -328,14 +330,14 @@ syn keyword phpBoolean true false contained
 
 " Float
 " Refer to: https://www.php.net/manual/en/language.types.float.php
-syn match phpFloat "\%(\w\|\.\)\@<!\%(\d\|\.\)*\d\%(\d\|\.\)*\%([eE][+-]\=\%(\d\|\.\)\+\)\=\%(\w\|\.\)\@!" contained contains=phpFloatError display
-syn match phpFloatError "[eE.].*\." contained display
+syn match phpFloat "\%(\w\|\.\)\@<!\%(\d_\?\|\.\)*\d\%(\d\|_\|\.\)*\%([eE][+-]\=\%(\d\|_\|\.\)\+\)\=\%(\w\|\.\)\@!" contained contains=phpFloatError display
+syn match phpFloatError "\%([eE.][0-9._+-]*\.\|__\|_\(\>\|[eE]\)\|\(\>\|[eE]\)_\)" contained display
 
 " Number
-syn match phpNumber "\%(\.\)\@<!\<\%([1-9]\d*\|0\|0[xX]\x\+\)\>\%(\.\)\@!" contained display
+syn match phpNumber "\%(\.\)\@<!\<\%([1-9]\d*\|0\|0[xX]\(\x_\?\)*\x\)\>\%(\.\)\@!" contained display
 syn match phpNumber "\%(\.\)\@<!\<0\d\+\>\%(\.\)\@!" contained contains=phpOctalError display
 syn match phpBinaryError "[2-9]" contained display
-syn match phpNumber "\%(\.\)\@<!\<0[bB]\d\+\>\%(\.\)\@!" contained contains=phpBinaryError display
+syn match phpNumber "\%(\.\)\@<!\<0[bB]\(\d_\?\)*\d\>\%(\.\)\@!" contained contains=phpBinaryError display
 
 " Backslash escapes
 syn case match
@@ -442,6 +444,7 @@ if exists("php_folding") && php_folding==1
 " match one line constructs here and skip them at folding
   syn keyword phpSCKeyword abstract final private protected public static contained
   syn keyword phpFCKeyword function contained
+  syn keyword phpDefine fn contained
   syn keyword phpStorageClass global contained
   syn match phpDefine "\(\s\|^\)\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\|private\s\+\|protected\s\+\|public\s\+\|static\s\+\)*function\(\s\+.*[;}]\)\@=" contained contains=phpSCKeyword
   syn match phpStructure "\(\s\|^\)\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\(trait\|class\)\(\s\+.*}\)\@=" contained
@@ -459,7 +462,7 @@ if exists("php_folding") && php_folding==1
   syn region phpFoldCatch matchgroup=Exception start="^\z(\s*\)catch\s\+\([^}]*$\)\@=" matchgroup=Delimiter end="^\z1}" contains=@phpClFunction,phpFoldFunction contained transparent fold extend
   syn region phpFoldTry matchgroup=Exception start="^\z(\s*\)try\s\+\([^}]*$\)\@=" matchgroup=Delimiter end="^\z1}" contains=@phpClFunction,phpFoldFunction contained transparent fold extend
 else
-  syn keyword phpDefine function contained
+  syn keyword phpDefine function fn contained
   syn keyword phpStructure abstract class trait interface contained
   syn keyword phpException catch throw try finally contained
   syn keyword phpStorageClass final global private protected public static contained

runtime/syntax/sh.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:		shell (sh) Korn shell (ksh) bash (sh)
 " Maintainer:		Charles E. Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Lennart Schultz <Lennart.Schultz@ecmwf.int>
-" Last Change:		Oct 16, 2019
-" Version:		189
+" Last Change:		Apr 14, 2020
+" Version:		190
 " URL:		http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_SH
 " For options and settings, please use:      :help ft-sh-syntax
 " This file includes many ideas from Eric Brunet (eric.brunet@ens.fr)
@@ -357,19 +357,18 @@ elseif !exists("g:sh_no_error")
  syn region  shExDoubleQuote	matchGroup=Error start=+\$"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\.+ end=+"+	contains=shStringSpecial
 endif
 syn region  shSingleQuote	matchgroup=shQuote start=+'+ end=+'+		contains=@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart,shSpecialSQ
-syn region  shDoubleQuote	matchgroup=shQuote start=+\%(\%(\\\\\)*\\\)\@<!"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+	contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
-syn region  shDoubleQuote	matchgroup=shQuote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+		contained contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
+syn region  shDoubleQuote	matchgroup=shQuote start=+\%(\%(\\\\\)*\\\)\@<!"+ skip=+\\.+ end=+"+	contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
+syn region  shDoubleQuote	matchgroup=shQuote start=+"+ matchgroup=shSpecial skip=+\\"+ end=+"+		contained	contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
 syn match   shStringSpecial	"[^[:print:] \t]"			contained
 syn match   shStringSpecial	"[^\\]\zs\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"			nextgroup=shComment
-syn match   shStringSpecial	"[^\\]\zs\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"
 syn match   shSpecialSQ	"[^\\]\zs\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"		contained	nextgroup=shBkslshSnglQuote,@shNoZSList
 syn match   shSpecialDQ	"[^\\]\zs\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"		contained	nextgroup=shBkslshDblQuote,@shNoZSList
 syn match   shSpecialStart	"\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"			contained	nextgroup=shBkslshSnglQuote,shBkslshDblQuote,@shNoZSList
 syn match   shSpecial	"^\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"
 syn match   shSpecialNoZS	contained	"\%(\\\\\)*\\[\\"'`$()#]"
 syn match   shSpecialNxt	contained	"\\[\\"'`$()#]"
-syn region  shBkslshSnglQuote	contained	matchgroup=shQuote start=+'+ end=+'+	contains=@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
-syn region  shBkslshDblQuote	contained	matchgroup=shQuote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+	contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
+"syn region  shBkslshSnglQuote	contained	matchgroup=shQuote start=+'+ end=+'+	contains=@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
+"syn region  shBkslshDblQuote	contained	matchgroup=shQuote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+	contains=@shDblQuoteList,shStringSpecial,@Spell	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
 
 " Comments: {{{1
 "==========
@@ -454,13 +453,13 @@ if !exists("g:sh_no_error")
  syn match  shDerefWordError	"[^}$[~]"	contained
 endif
 syn match  shDerefSimple	"\$\%(\h\w*\|\d\)"	nextgroup=@shNoZSList
-syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList,shDerefVarArray
+syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList,shDerefVarArray nextgroup=shSpecialStart
 syn match  shDerefSimple	"\$[-#*@!?]"	nextgroup=@shNoZSList
 syn match  shDerefSimple	"\$\$"	nextgroup=@shNoZSList
-syn match  shDerefSimple	"\${\d}"	nextgroup=@shNoZSList
+syn match  shDerefSimple	"\${\d}"	nextgroup=@shNoZSList	nextgroup=shSpecialStart
 if exists("b:is_bash") || exists("b:is_kornshell") || exists("b:is_posix")
- syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${##\=" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList	nextgroup=@shSpecialNoZS
- syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${\$\$" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList	nextgroup=@shSpecialNoZS
+ syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${##\=" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList	nextgroup=@shSpecialNoZS,shSpecialStart
+ syn region shDeref	matchgroup=PreProc start="\${\$\$" end="}"	contains=@shDerefList	nextgroup=@shSpecialNoZS,shSpecialStart
 endif
 
 " ksh: ${!var[*]} array index list syntax: {{{1

runtime/syntax/spec.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Language:    SPEC: Build/install scripts for Linux RPM packages
 " Maintainer:  Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
 " Former Maintainer:  Donovan Rebbechi elflord@panix.com (until March 2014)
-" Last Change: 2020 Feb 07
+" Last Change: 2020 May 25
 
 " quit when a syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -128,6 +128,8 @@ syn case match
 "sh-like comment stile, only valid in script part
 syn match shComment contained '#.*$'
 
+syn region dnlComment matchgroup=specComment start=+%dnl+ end=+$+
+
 syn region shQuote1 contained matchgroup=shQuoteDelim start=+'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=specMacroIdentifier
 syn region shQuote2 contained matchgroup=shQuoteDelim start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+ contains=specVariables,specMacroIdentifier
 
@@ -173,6 +175,7 @@ endif
 
 "sh colors
 hi def link shComment			Comment
+hi def link dnlComment			Comment
 hi def link shIf				Statement
 hi def link shOperator			Special
 hi def link shQuote1			String

runtime/syntax/tex.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	TeX
 " Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-" Last Change:	Jan 24, 2020
-" Version:	116
+" Last Change:	May 19, 2020
+" Version:	117
 " URL:		http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_TEX
 "
 " Notes: {{{1
@@ -1057,6 +1057,7 @@ if has("conceal") && &enc == 'utf-8'
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^','R','ᴿ')
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^','T','ᵀ')
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^','U','ᵁ')
+  call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^','V','ⱽ')
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^','W','ᵂ')
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^',',','︐')
   call s:SuperSub('texSuperscript','\^',':','︓')

runtime/syntax/vim.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Vim 8.0 script
-" Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NdrOchipS@PcampbellAfamily.Mbiz>
-" Last Change:	Apr 15, 2020
-" Version:	8.0-33
+" Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+" Last Change:	May 26, 2020
+" Version:	8.0-35
 " URL:	http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_VIM
 " Automatically generated keyword lists: {{{1
 
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ syn cluster	vimOperGroup	contains=vimEnvvar,vimFunc,vimFuncVar,vimOper,vimOperPa
 syn match	vimOper	"\%#=1\(==\|!=\|>=\|<=\|=\~\|!\~\|>\|<\|=\)[?#]\{0,2}"	skipwhite nextgroup=vimString,vimSpecFile
 syn match	vimOper	"\(\<is\|\<isnot\)[?#]\{0,2}\>"			skipwhite nextgroup=vimString,vimSpecFile
 syn match	vimOper	"||\|&&\|[-+.!]"				skipwhite nextgroup=vimString,vimSpecFile
-syn region	vimOperParen 	matchgroup=vimParenSep	start="(" end=")" contains=@vimOperGroup
+syn region	vimOperParen 	matchgroup=vimParenSep	start="(" end=")" contains=vimoperStar,@vimOperGroup
 syn region	vimOperParen	matchgroup=vimSep		start="{" end="}" contains=@vimOperGroup nextgroup=vimVar,vimFuncVar
 if !exists("g:vimsyn_noerror") && !exists("g:vimsyn_noopererror")
  syn match	vimOperError	")"
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ syn match	vimComment	excludenl +\s#[^{].*$+lc=1	contains=@vimCommentGroup,vimCom
 syn match	vimComment	+\<endif\s\+#[^{].*$+lc=5	contains=@vimCommentGroup,vimCommentString
 syn match	vimComment	+\<else\s\+#[^{].*$+lc=4	contains=@vimCommentGroup,vimCommentString
 " Vim9 comment inside expression
-syn match	vim9Comment	+\s\zs#[^{].*$+	contains=@vimCommentGroup,vimCommentString
+syn match	vim9Comment	+\s\zs#[^{].*$+ms=s+1	contains=@vimCommentGroup,vimCommentString
 
 " Environment Variables: {{{2
 " =====================
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ syn region	vimString	oneline keepend	start=+[^a-zA-Z>!\\@]"+lc=1 skip=+\\\\\|\\"
 syn region	vimString	oneline keepend	start=+[^a-zA-Z>!\\@]'+lc=1 end=+'+
 syn region	vimString	oneline	start=+=!+lc=1	skip=+\\\\\|\\!+ end=+!+	contains=@vimStringGroup
 syn region	vimString	oneline	start="=+"lc=1	skip="\\\\\|\\+" end="+"	contains=@vimStringGroup
-syn region	vimString	oneline	start="\s/\s*\A"lc=1 skip="\\\\\|\\+" end="/"	contains=@vimStringGroup
+"syn region	vimString	oneline	start="\s/\s*\A"lc=1 skip="\\\\\|\\+" end="/"	contains=@vimStringGroup
 syn match	vimString	contained	+"[^"]*\\$+	skipnl nextgroup=vimStringCont
 syn match	vimStringCont	contained	+\(\\\\\|.\)\{-}[^\\]"+
 
@@ -932,6 +932,7 @@ if !exists("skip_vim_syntax_inits")
  hi def link vimNumber	Number
  hi def link vimOperError	Error
  hi def link vimOper	Operator
+ hi def link vimOperStar	vimOper
  hi def link vimOption	PreProc
  hi def link vimParenSep	Delimiter
  hi def link vimPatSepErr	vimError

src/Make_cyg_ming.mak

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ endif
 
 ifeq ($(CHANNEL),yes)
 DEFINES += -DFEAT_JOB_CHANNEL -DFEAT_IPV6
- ifeq ($(shell expr "$(WINVER)" \>= 0x600),1)
+ ifeq ($(shell expr "$$(($(WINVER)))" \>= "$$((0x600))"),1)
 DEFINES += -DHAVE_INET_NTOP
  endif
 endif
@@ -741,6 +741,7 @@ OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)/findfile.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/fold.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/getchar.o \
+	$(OUTDIR)/gui_xim.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/hardcopy.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/hashtab.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/highlight.o \
@@ -787,8 +788,11 @@ OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)/tag.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/term.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/testing.o \
+	$(OUTDIR)/textformat.o \
+	$(OUTDIR)/textobject.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/textprop.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/time.o \
+	$(OUTDIR)/typval.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/ui.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/undo.o \
 	$(OUTDIR)/usercmd.o \
@@ -1244,6 +1248,7 @@ $(OUTDIR)/pathdef.o:	$(PATHDEF_SRC) $(INCL)
 
 CCCTERM = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -Ilibvterm/include -DINLINE="" \
 	  -DVSNPRINTF=vim_vsnprintf \
+	  -DSNPRINTF=vim_snprintf \
 	  -DIS_COMBINING_FUNCTION=utf_iscomposing_uint \
 	  -DWCWIDTH_FUNCTION=utf_uint2cells \
 	  -DGET_SPECIAL_PTY_TYPE_FUNCTION=get_special_pty_type

src/Make_morph.mak

@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ SRC =	arabic.c						\
 	findfile.c						\
 	fold.c							\
 	getchar.c						\
+	gui_xim.c						\
 	hardcopy.c						\
 	hashtab.c						\
 	highlight.c						\
@@ -103,8 +104,11 @@ SRC =	arabic.c						\
 	tag.c							\
 	term.c							\
 	testing.c						\
+	textformat.c						\
+	textobject.c						\
 	textprop.c						\
 	time.c							\
+	typval.c						\
 	ui.c							\
 	undo.c							\
 	usercmd.c						\

src/Make_mvc.mak

@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
 #
 #	Feature Set: FEATURES=[TINY, SMALL, NORMAL, BIG, HUGE] (default is HUGE)
 #
+#   	Name to add to the version: MODIFIED_BY=[name of modifier]
+#
 #	GUI interface: GUI=yes (default is no)
 #
 #	GUI with DirectWrite (DirectX): DIRECTX=yes
@@ -675,9 +677,6 @@ CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(WP64CHECK)
 
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(OPTFLAG) -DNDEBUG $(CPUARG)
 RCFLAGS = $(rcflags) $(rcvars) -DNDEBUG
-! if "$(CL)" == "/D_USING_V110_SDK71_"
-RCFLAGS = $(RCFLAGS) /D_USING_V110_SDK71_
-! endif
 ! ifdef USE_MSVCRT
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /MD
 LIBC = msvcrt.lib
@@ -707,6 +706,10 @@ CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /Zl /MTd
 ! endif
 !endif # DEBUG
 
+!if "$(CL)" == "/D_USING_V110_SDK71_"
+RCFLAGS = $(RCFLAGS) /D_USING_V110_SDK71_
+!endif
+
 !if $(MSVC_MAJOR) >= 8
 # Visual Studio 2005 has 'deprecated' many of the standard CRT functions
 CFLAGS_DEPR = /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE
@@ -760,6 +763,7 @@ OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)\findfile.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\fold.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\getchar.obj \
+	$(OUTDIR)\gui_xim.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\hardcopy.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\hashtab.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\highlight.obj \
@@ -806,8 +810,11 @@ OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)\tag.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\term.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\testing.obj \
+	$(OUTDIR)\textformat.obj \
+	$(OUTDIR)\textobject.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\textprop.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\time.obj \
+	$(OUTDIR)\typval.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\ui.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\undo.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\usercmd.obj \
@@ -1239,6 +1246,13 @@ CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMSWINPS
 #
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DFEAT_$(FEATURES)
 
+#
+# MODIFIED_BY - Name of who modified a release version
+#
+!if "$(MODIFIED_BY)" != ""
+CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMODIFIED_BY=\"$(MODIFIED_BY)\"
+!endif
+
 #
 # Always generate the .pdb file, so that we get debug symbols that can be used
 # on a crash (doesn't add overhead to the executable).
@@ -1587,6 +1601,8 @@ $(OUTDIR)/fold.obj:	$(OUTDIR) fold.c  $(INCL)
 
 $(OUTDIR)/getchar.obj:	$(OUTDIR) getchar.c  $(INCL)
 
+$(OUTDIR)/gui_xim.obj:	$(OUTDIR) gui_xim.c  $(INCL)
+
 $(OUTDIR)/hardcopy.obj:	$(OUTDIR) hardcopy.c  $(INCL) version.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/hashtab.obj:	$(OUTDIR) hashtab.c  $(INCL)
@@ -1744,10 +1760,16 @@ $(OUTDIR)/term.obj:	$(OUTDIR) term.c  $(INCL)
 
 $(OUTDIR)/term.obj:	$(OUTDIR) testing.c  $(INCL)
 
+$(OUTDIR)/textformat.obj:	$(OUTDIR) textformat.c  $(INCL)
+
+$(OUTDIR)/textobject.obj:	$(OUTDIR) textobject.c  $(INCL)
+
 $(OUTDIR)/textprop.obj:	$(OUTDIR) textprop.c  $(INCL)
 
 $(OUTDIR)/time.obj:	$(OUTDIR) time.c  $(INCL)
 
+$(OUTDIR)/typval.obj:	$(OUTDIR) typval.c  $(INCL)
+
 $(OUTDIR)/ui.obj:	$(OUTDIR) ui.c  $(INCL)
 
 $(OUTDIR)/undo.obj:	$(OUTDIR) undo.c  $(INCL)
@@ -1805,6 +1827,7 @@ $(OUTDIR)/glbl_ime.obj:	$(OUTDIR) glbl_ime.cpp  dimm.h $(INCL)
 
 CCCTERM = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Ilibvterm/include -DINLINE="" \
 	-DVSNPRINTF=vim_vsnprintf \
+	-DSNPRINTF=vim_snprintf \
 	-DIS_COMBINING_FUNCTION=utf_iscomposing_uint \
 	-DWCWIDTH_FUNCTION=utf_uint2cells \
 	-DGET_SPECIAL_PTY_TYPE_FUNCTION=get_special_pty_type \
@@ -1838,14 +1861,18 @@ $(OUTDIR)/vterm_vterm.obj: $(OUTDIR) libvterm/src/vterm.c $(TERM_DEPS)
 	$(CCCTERM) /Fo$@ libvterm/src/vterm.c
 
 
-# $CFLAGS may contain backslashes and double quotes, escape them both.
+# $CFLAGS may contain backslashes, quotes and chevrons, escape them all.
 E0_CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS:\=\\)
-E_CFLAGS = $(E0_CFLAGS:"=\")
+E00_CFLAGS = $(E0_CFLAGS:"=\")
 # ") stop the string
-# $LINKARGS2 may contain backslashes and double quotes, escape them both.
+E000_CFLAGS = $(E00_CFLAGS:<=^^<)
+E_CFLAGS = $(E000_CFLAGS:>=^^>)
+# $LINKARGS2 may contain backslashes, quotes and chevrons, escape them all.
 E0_LINKARGS2 = $(LINKARGS2:\=\\)
-E_LINKARGS2 = $(E0_LINKARGS2:"=\")
+E00_LINKARGS2 = $(E0_LINKARGS2:"=\")
 # ") stop the string
+E000_LINKARGS2 = $(E00_LINKARGS2:<=^^<)
+E_LINKARGS2 = $(E000_LINKARGS2:>=^^>)
 
 $(PATHDEF_SRC): Make_mvc.mak
 	@echo creating $(PATHDEF_SRC)
@@ -1897,6 +1924,7 @@ proto.h: \
 	proto/filepath.pro \
 	proto/findfile.pro \
 	proto/getchar.pro \
+	proto/gui_xim.pro \
 	proto/hardcopy.pro \
 	proto/hashtab.pro \
 	proto/highlight.pro \
@@ -1942,8 +1970,11 @@ proto.h: \
 	proto/tag.pro \
 	proto/term.pro \
 	proto/testing.pro \
+	proto/textformat.pro \
+	proto/textobject.pro \
 	proto/textprop.pro \
 	proto/time.pro \
+	proto/typval.pro \
 	proto/ui.pro \
 	proto/undo.pro \
 	proto/usercmd.pro \

src/Make_vms.mms

@@ -334,6 +334,7 @@ SRC = \
 	findfile.c \
 	fold.c \
 	getchar.c \
+	gui_xim.c \
 	hardcopy.c \
 	hashtab.c \
 	highlight.c \
@@ -382,8 +383,11 @@ SRC = \
 	term.c \
 	termlib.c \
 	testing.c \
+	textformat.c \
+	textobject.c \
 	textprop.c \
 	time.c \
+	typval.c \
 	ui.c \
 	undo.c \
 	usercmd.c \
@@ -442,6 +446,7 @@ OBJ = \
 	findfile.obj \
 	fold.obj \
 	getchar.obj \
+	gui_xim.obj \
 	hardcopy.obj \
 	hashtab.obj \
 	highlight.obj \
@@ -491,8 +496,11 @@ OBJ = \
 	term.obj \
 	termlib.obj \
 	testing.obj \
+	textformat.obj \
+	textobject.obj \
 	textprop.obj \
 	time.obj \
+	typval.obj \
 	ui.obj \
 	undo.obj \
 	usercmd.obj \
@@ -812,6 +820,10 @@ getchar.obj : getchar.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
  gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
  globals.h
+gui_xim.obj : gui_xim.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
+ ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
+ gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
+ globals.h
 hardcopy.obj : hardcopy.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
  gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
@@ -989,12 +1001,21 @@ termlib.obj : termlib.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
 testing.obj : testing.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
  [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
+textformat.obj : textformat.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
+ ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
+ [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
+textobject.obj : textobject.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
+ ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
+ [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
 textprop.obj : textprop.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
  [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
 time.obj : time.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
  [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
+typval.obj : typval.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
+ ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
+ [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h
 ui.obj : ui.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
  ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
  [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h globals.h

src/Makefile

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ CClink = $(CC)
 # Add -Wpedantic to find // comments and other C99 constructs.
 # Better disable Perl and Python to avoid a lot of warnings.
 #CFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Wmissing-prototypes -Wpedantic -Wunreachable-code -Wunused-result -U_FORTIFY_SOURCE -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=1
-#CFLAGS = -g -O2 -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Wmissing-prototypes -Wpedantic -Wunreachable-code -Wunused-result -U_FORTIFY_SOURCE -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=1
+#CFLAGS = -g -O2 -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Wmissing-prototypes -Wpedantic -Wunreachable-code -Wno-cast-function-type -Wunused-result -Wno-deprecated-declarations -U_FORTIFY_SOURCE -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=1
 #PYTHON_CFLAGS_EXTRA = -Wno-missing-field-initializers
 #MZSCHEME_CFLAGS_EXTRA = -Wno-unreachable-code -Wno-unused-parameter
 
@@ -686,8 +686,10 @@ LINT_OPTIONS = -beprxzF
 # 7. Open the objects/index.html file in a web browser to view the coverage
 #    information.
 #
-# PROFILE_CFLAGS=-g -O0 -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
 # LDFLAGS=--coverage
+# PROFILE_CFLAGS=-g -O0 -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage -DWE_ARE_PROFILING -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH
+# Alternate flags
+# PROFILE_CFLAGS=-g -O0 --coverage -DWE_ARE_PROFILING -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH
 
 
 # Uncomment one of the next two lines to compile Vim with the
@@ -1578,6 +1580,9 @@ DEST_MAN_PL_I = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/pl.ISO8859-2$(MAN1DIR)
 DEST_MAN_PL_U = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/pl.UTF-8$(MAN1DIR)
 DEST_MAN_RU = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/ru.KOI8-R$(MAN1DIR)
 DEST_MAN_RU_U = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/ru.UTF-8$(MAN1DIR)
+DEST_MAN_TR = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/tr$(MAN1DIR)
+DEST_MAN_TR_I = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/tr.ISO8859-9$(MAN1DIR)
+DEST_MAN_TR_U = $(DEST_MAN_TOP)/tr.UTF-8$(MAN1DIR)
 
 # stuff common to all systems
 include Make_all.mak
@@ -1631,6 +1636,7 @@ BASIC_SRC = \
 	findfile.c \
 	fold.c \
 	getchar.c \
+	gui_xim.c \
 	hardcopy.c \
 	hashtab.c \
 	highlight.c \
@@ -1680,8 +1686,11 @@ BASIC_SRC = \
 	term.c \
 	terminal.c \
 	testing.c \
+	textformat.c \
+	textobject.c \
 	textprop.c \
 	time.c \
+	typval.c \
 	ui.c \
 	undo.c \
 	usercmd.c \
@@ -1777,6 +1786,7 @@ OBJ_COMMON = \
 	objects/findfile.o \
 	objects/fold.o \
 	objects/getchar.o \
+	objects/gui_xim.o \
 	objects/hardcopy.o \
 	objects/hashtab.o \
 	objects/highlight.o \
@@ -1822,8 +1832,11 @@ OBJ_COMMON = \
 	objects/term.o \
 	objects/terminal.o \
 	objects/testing.o \
+	objects/textformat.o \
+	objects/textobject.o \
 	objects/textprop.o \
 	objects/time.o \
+	objects/typval.o \
 	objects/ui.o \
 	objects/undo.o \
 	objects/usercmd.o \
@@ -1939,6 +1952,7 @@ PRO_AUTO = \
 	findfile.pro \
 	fold.pro \
 	getchar.pro \
+	gui_xim.pro \
 	gui_beval.pro \
 	hardcopy.pro \
 	hashtab.pro \
@@ -1996,8 +2010,11 @@ PRO_AUTO = \
 	terminal.pro \
 	termlib.pro \
 	testing.pro \
+	textformat.pro \
+	textobject.pro \
 	textprop.pro \
 	time.pro \
+	typval.pro \
 	ui.pro \
 	undo.pro \
 	usercmd.pro \
@@ -2015,7 +2032,7 @@ PRO_AUTO = \
 RSRC_DIR = os_mac_rsrc
 
 PRO_MANUAL = os_amiga.pro os_win32.pro \
-	os_mswin.pro winclip.pro os_beos.pro os_vms.pro $(PERL_PRO)
+	os_mswin.pro winclip.pro os_vms.pro $(PERL_PRO)
 
 # Default target is making the executable and tools
 all: $(VIMTARGET) $(TOOLS) languages $(GUI_BUNDLE)
@@ -2113,6 +2130,7 @@ CCC = $(CCC_NF) $(ALL_CFLAGS)
 # A shell script is used to try linking without unnecessary libraries.
 $(VIMTARGET): auto/config.mk objects $(OBJ) version.c version.h
 	$(CCC) version.c -o objects/version.o
+	@$(BUILD_DATE_MSG)
 	@LINK="$(PURIFY) $(SHRPENV) $(CClink) $(ALL_LIB_DIRS) $(LDFLAGS) \
 		-o $(VIMTARGET) $(OBJ) $(ALL_LIBS)" \
 		MAKE="$(MAKE)" LINK_AS_NEEDED=$(LINK_AS_NEEDED) \
@@ -2182,10 +2200,6 @@ winclip.pro: winclip.c
 	$(CPROTO) -DWIN32 -UHAVE_CONFIG_H $< > proto/$@
 	echo "/* vim: set ft=c : */" >> proto/$@
 
-os_beos.pro: os_beos.c
-	$(CPROTO) -D__BEOS__ -UHAVE_CONFIG_H $< > proto/$@
-	echo "/* vim: set ft=c : */" >> proto/$@
-
 os_vms.pro: os_vms.c
 # must use os_vms_conf.h for auto/config.h
 	mv auto/config.h auto/config.h.save
@@ -2288,7 +2302,6 @@ test_libvterm:
 # Run individual OLD style test.
 # These do not depend on the executable, compile it when needed.
 test1 \
-	test_eval \
 	test42 test44 test49 \
 	test52 test59 \
 	test70 \
@@ -2569,6 +2582,10 @@ install-tool-languages:
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_PL_U) "-pl.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_RU) "-ru" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_RU_U) "-ru.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_TR) "-tr" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_TR_I) "-tr" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh xxd $(DEST_MAN_TR_U) "-tr.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+
 
 # install the language specific files, if they were unpacked
 install-languages: languages $(DEST_LANG) $(DEST_KMAP)
@@ -2590,6 +2607,9 @@ install-languages: languages $(DEST_LANG) $(DEST_KMAP)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_PL_U) "-pl.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_RU) "-ru" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_RU_U) "-ru.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_TR) "-tr" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_TR_I) "-tr" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN_TR_U) "-tr.UTF-8" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
 		$(DEST_MAN_DA) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
@@ -2626,6 +2646,12 @@ install-languages: languages $(DEST_LANG) $(DEST_KMAP)
 		$(DEST_MAN_RU) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
 		$(DEST_MAN_RU_U) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR_I) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh install "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR_U) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	if test -n "$(MAKEMO)" -a -f $(PODIR)/Makefile; then \
 	   cd $(PODIR); $(MAKE) prefix=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix) LOCALEDIR=$(DEST_LANG) \
 	   INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA) FILEMOD=$(FILEMOD) install; \
@@ -2799,6 +2825,9 @@ uninstall_runtime:
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_PL_U) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_RU) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_RU_U) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_TR) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_TR_I) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh uninstall $(DEST_MAN_TR_U) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
 		$(DEST_MAN) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
@@ -2837,6 +2866,12 @@ uninstall_runtime:
 		$(DEST_MAN_RU) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
 		$(DEST_MAN_RU_U) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR_I) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
+	-$(SHELL) ./installml.sh uninstall "$(GUI_MAN_TARGETS)" \
+		$(DEST_MAN_TR_U) $(INSTALLMLARGS)
 	-rm -f $(DEST_MAN)/xxd.1
 	-rm -f $(DEST_MAN_DA)/xxd.1 $(DEST_MAN_DA_I)/xxd.1 $(DEST_MAN_DA_U)/xxd.1
 	-rm -f $(DEST_MAN_DE)/xxd.1 $(DEST_MAN_DE_I)/xxd.1 $(DEST_MAN_DE_U)/xxd.1
@@ -2883,7 +2918,7 @@ uninstall_runtime:
 clean celan: testclean
 	-rm -f *.o core $(VIMTARGET).core $(VIMTARGET) vim xxd/*.o
 	-rm -rf objects
-	-rm -f $(TOOLS) auto/osdef.h auto/pathdef.c auto/if_perl.c auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+	-rm -f $(TOOLS) auto/osdef.h auto/pathdef.c auto/if_perl.c auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h auto/os_haiku.rdef
 	-rm -f conftest* *~ auto/link.sed
 	-rm -f testdir/opt_test.vim
 	-rm -f $(UNITTEST_TARGETS)
@@ -2916,7 +2951,7 @@ clean celan: testclean
 #  % make
 SHADOWDIR = shadow
 
-LINKEDFILES = ../*.[chm] ../*.in ../*.sh ../*.xs ../*.xbm ../gui_gtk_res.xml ../toolcheck ../proto ../libvterm ../vimtutor ../gvimtutor ../install-sh ../Make_all.mak
+LINKEDFILES = ../*.[chm] ../*.cc ../*.in ../*.sh ../*.xs ../*.xbm ../gui_gtk_res.xml ../toolcheck ../proto ../libvterm ../vimtutor ../gvimtutor ../install-sh ../Make_all.mak
 
 shadow:	runtime pixmaps
 	$(MKDIR_P) $(SHADOWDIR)
@@ -2952,7 +2987,9 @@ shadow:	runtime pixmaps
 				 ../../testdir/samples \
 				 ../../testdir/dumps \
 				 ../../testdir/test83-tags? \
-				 ../../testdir/*.ok .
+				 ../../testdir/*.ok \
+				 ../../testdir/testluaplugin \
+				 .
 
 # After updating Vim new files may have been created, use this to refresh the
 # symbolic links in the shadow directory. This isn't guaranteed to catch all
@@ -3040,6 +3077,14 @@ auto/if_perl.c: if_perl.xs
 auto/osdef.h: auto/config.h osdef.sh osdef1.h.in osdef2.h.in
 	CC="$(CC) $(OSDEF_CFLAGS)" srcdir=$(srcdir) sh $(srcdir)/osdef.sh
 
+auto/os_haiku.rdef: os_haiku.rdef.in
+	@echo creating $@
+	@echo '/* This file is automatically created by Makefile */' >> $@
+	@echo '/* DO NOT EDIT!  Change Makefile only. */' >> $@
+	@cat $(srcdir)/os_haiku.rdef.in >> auto/os_haiku.rdef
+	sed -i "s|@MAJOR@|$(VIMMAJOR)|" auto/os_haiku.rdef
+	sed -i "s|@MINOR@|$(VIMMINOR)|" auto/os_haiku.rdef
+
 auto/pathdef.c: Makefile auto/config.mk
 	-@echo creating $@
 	-@echo '/* pathdef.c */' > $@
@@ -3262,6 +3307,9 @@ objects/gui_xmebw.o: gui_xmebw.c
 objects/gui_x11.o: gui_x11.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ gui_x11.c
 
+objects/gui_xim.o: gui_xim.c
+	$(CCC) -o $@ gui_xim.c
+
 objects/gui_photon.o: gui_photon.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ gui_photon.c
 
@@ -3376,13 +3424,10 @@ objects/option.o: option.c optiondefs.h
 objects/optionstr.o: optionstr.c
 	$(CCC_NF) $(LUA_CFLAGS) $(PERL_CFLAGS) $(PYTHON_CFLAGS) $(PYTHON3_CFLAGS) $(RUBY_CFLAGS) $(TCL_CFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -o $@ optionstr.c
 
-objects/os_beos.o: os_beos.c
-	$(CCC) -o $@ os_beos.c
-
 objects/os_qnx.o: os_qnx.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ os_qnx.c
 
-objects/os_haiku.rsrc: os_haiku.rdef
+objects/os_haiku.rsrc: auto/os_haiku.rdef
 	cat $< | $(CCC) -E - | grep -v '^#' | rc -o "$@" -
 
 objects/os_macosx.o: os_macosx.m
@@ -3469,12 +3514,21 @@ objects/terminal.o: terminal.c $(TERM_DEPS)
 objects/testing.o: testing.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ testing.c
 
+objects/textformat.o: textformat.c
+	$(CCC) -o $@ textformat.c
+
+objects/textobject.o: textobject.c
+	$(CCC) -o $@ textobject.c
+
 objects/textprop.o: textprop.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ textprop.c
 
 objects/time.o: time.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ time.c
 
+objects/typval.o: typval.c
+	$(CCC) -o $@ typval.c
+
 objects/ui.o: ui.c
 	$(CCC) -o $@ ui.c
 
@@ -3516,6 +3570,7 @@ Makefile:
 # prefix vterm_ to avoid name clashes.
 CCCTERM = $(CCC_NF) $(VTERM_CFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -DINLINE="" \
 	  -DVSNPRINTF=vim_vsnprintf \
+	  -DSNPRINTF=vim_snprintf \
 	  -DIS_COMBINING_FUNCTION=utf_iscomposing_uint \
 	  -DWCWIDTH_FUNCTION=utf_uint2cells
 
@@ -3540,7 +3595,7 @@ objects/vterm_screen.o: libvterm/src/screen.c $(TERM_DEPS)
 objects/vterm_state.o: libvterm/src/state.c $(TERM_DEPS)
 	$(CCCTERM) -o $@ libvterm/src/state.c
 
-objects/vterm_unicode.o: libvterm/src/unicode.c $(TERM_DEPS)
+objects/vterm_unicode.o: libvterm/src/unicode.c $(TERM_DEPS) libvterm/src/fullwidth.inc
 	$(CCCTERM) -o $@ libvterm/src/unicode.c
 
 objects/vterm_vterm.o: libvterm/src/vterm.c $(TERM_DEPS)
@@ -4060,6 +4115,14 @@ objects/testing.o: testing.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
  proto.h globals.h
+objects/textformat.o: textformat.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
+ auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
+ proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
+ proto.h globals.h
+objects/textobject.o: textobject.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
+ auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
+ proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
+ proto.h globals.h
 objects/textprop.o: textprop.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
@@ -4068,6 +4131,10 @@ objects/time.o: time.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
  proto.h globals.h
+objects/typval.o: typval.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
+ auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
+ proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
+ proto.h globals.h
 objects/ui.o: ui.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
@@ -4181,6 +4248,11 @@ objects/gui_x11.o: gui_x11.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
  proto.h globals.h ../runtime/vim32x32.xpm ../runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
  ../runtime/vim48x48.xpm
+objects/gui_xim.o: gui_xim.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
+ auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
+ proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
+ proto.h globals.h ../runtime/vim32x32.xpm ../runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
+ ../runtime/vim48x48.xpm
 objects/gui_at_sb.o: gui_at_sb.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h \
  os_unix.h auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h term.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \

src/README.md

@@ -80,8 +80,11 @@ syntax.c	| syntax and other highlighting
 tag.c		| tags
 term.c		| terminal handling, termcap codes
 testing.c	| testing: assert and test functions
+textformat.c	| text formatting
+textobject.c	| text objects
 textprop.c	| text properties
 time.c		| time and timer functions
+typval.c	| vim script type/value functions
 undo.c		| undo and redo
 usercmd.c	| user defined commands
 userfunc.c	| user defined functions

src/auto/configure

@@ -721,6 +721,7 @@ OS_EXTRA_SRC
 XCODE_SELECT
 CPP_MM
 CROSS_COMPILING
+BUILD_DATE_MSG
 STRIP
 AWK
 FGREP
@@ -4455,6 +4456,17 @@ See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
   fi
 fi
 
+if test -n "$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH"; then
+  DATE_FMT="%b %d %Y %H:%M:%S"
+  BUILD_DATE=$(LC_ALL=C date -u -d "@$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH" "+$DATE_FMT" 2>/dev/null || LC_ALL=C date -u -r "$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH" "+$DATE_FMT" 2>/dev/null || LC_ALL=C date -u "+$DATE_FMT")
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define BUILD_DATE "$BUILD_DATE"
+_ACEOF
+
+  BUILD_DATE_MSG=-"echo -e '=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\nNOTE: build date/time is fixed: $BUILD_DATE\n=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-='"
+
+fi
+
 
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking --enable-fail-if-missing argument" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking --enable-fail-if-missing argument... " >&6; }
@@ -4533,16 +4545,6 @@ fi
 
 OS_EXTRA_SRC=""; OS_EXTRA_OBJ=""
 
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BeOS" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for BeOS... " >&6; }
-case `uname` in
-    BeOS)	OS_EXTRA_SRC=os_beos.c; OS_EXTRA_OBJ=objects/os_beos.o
-		BEOS=yes; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; };;
-    *)		BEOS=no; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; };;
-esac
-
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Haiku" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking for Haiku... " >&6; }
 case `uname` in
@@ -12476,103 +12478,6 @@ else
 $as_echo "don't know" >&6; }
 fi
 
-rm -f conftest_grp
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking default tty permissions/group" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking default tty permissions/group... " >&6; }
-if ${vim_cv_tty_group+:} false; then :
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-    if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-
-      as_fn_error $? "cross-compiling: please set 'vim_cv_tty_group' and 'vim_cv_tty_mode'" "$LINENO" 5
-
-else
-  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-main()
-{
-  struct stat sb;
-  char *x,*ttyname();
-  int om, m;
-  FILE *fp;
-
-  if (!(x = ttyname(0))) exit(1);
-  if (stat(x, &sb)) exit(1);
-  om = sb.st_mode;
-  if (om & 002) exit(0);
-  m = system("mesg y");
-  if (m == -1 || m == 127) exit(1);
-  if (stat(x, &sb)) exit(1);
-  m = sb.st_mode;
-  if (chmod(x, om)) exit(1);
-  if (m & 002) exit(0);
-  if (sb.st_gid == getgid()) exit(1);
-  if (!(fp=fopen("conftest_grp", "w")))
-    exit(1);
-  fprintf(fp, "%d\n", sb.st_gid);
-  fclose(fp);
-  exit(0);
-}
-
-_ACEOF
-if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
-
-      if test -f conftest_grp; then
-	vim_cv_tty_group=`cat conftest_grp`
-	if test "x$vim_cv_tty_mode" = "x" ; then
-	  vim_cv_tty_mode=0620
-	fi
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: pty mode: $vim_cv_tty_mode, group: $vim_cv_tty_group" >&5
-$as_echo "pty mode: $vim_cv_tty_mode, group: $vim_cv_tty_group" >&6; }
-      else
-	vim_cv_tty_group=world
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ptys are world accessible" >&5
-$as_echo "ptys are world accessible" >&6; }
-      fi
-
-else
-
-      vim_cv_tty_group=world
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: can't determine - assume ptys are world accessible" >&5
-$as_echo "can't determine - assume ptys are world accessible" >&6; }
-
-fi
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
-  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $vim_cv_tty_group" >&5
-$as_echo "$vim_cv_tty_group" >&6; }
-rm -f conftest_grp
-
-if test "x$vim_cv_tty_group" != "xworld" ; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PTYGROUP $vim_cv_tty_group
-_ACEOF
-
-  if test "x$vim_cv_tty_mode" = "x" ; then
-    as_fn_error $? "It seems you're cross compiling and have 'vim_cv_tty_group' set, please also set the environment variable 'vim_cv_tty_mode' to the correct mode (probably 0620)" "$LINENO" 5
-  else
-    $as_echo "#define PTYMODE 0620" >>confdefs.h
-
-  fi
-fi
-
 
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking return type of signal handlers... " >&6; }
@@ -13920,6 +13825,53 @@ fi
 rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
     conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
 
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dirfd" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dirfd... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+DIR * dir=opendir("dirname"); dirfd(dir);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }; $as_echo "#define HAVE_DIRFD 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not usable" >&5
+$as_echo "not usable" >&6; }
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for flock" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for flock... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/file.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+flock(10, LOCK_SH);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }; $as_echo "#define HAVE_FLOCK 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not usable" >&5
+$as_echo "not usable" >&6; }
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sysctl" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking for sysctl... " >&6; }
 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext

src/beval.c

@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ general_beval_cb(BalloonEval *beval, int state UNUSED)
 	    curbuf = save_curbuf;
 	    if (use_sandbox)
 		++sandbox;
-	    ++textlock;
+	    ++textwinlock;
 
 	    vim_free(result);
 	    result = eval_to_string(bexpr, NULL, TRUE);
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ general_beval_cb(BalloonEval *beval, int state UNUSED)
 
 	    if (use_sandbox)
 		--sandbox;
-	    --textlock;
+	    --textwinlock;
 
 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_BEVAL_TEXT, NULL, -1);
 	    if (result != NULL && result[0] != NUL)

src/buffer.c

@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ read_buffer(
     {
 	// Delete the binary lines.
 	while (--line_count >= 0)
-	    ml_delete((linenr_T)1, FALSE);
+	    ml_delete((linenr_T)1);
     }
     else
     {
 	// Delete the converted lines.
 	while (curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count > line_count)
-	    ml_delete(line_count, FALSE);
+	    ml_delete(line_count);
     }
     // Put the cursor on the first line.
     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;

src/change.c

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ invoke_listeners(buf_T *buf)
 
     argv[4].v_type = VAR_LIST;
     argv[4].vval.v_list = buf->b_recorded_changes;
-    ++textlock;
+    ++textwinlock;
 
     for (lnr = buf->b_listener; lnr != NULL; lnr = lnr->lr_next)
     {
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ invoke_listeners(buf_T *buf)
 	clear_tv(&rettv);
     }
 
-    --textlock;
+    --textwinlock;
     list_unref(buf->b_recorded_changes);
     buf->b_recorded_changes = NULL;
 
@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ del_lines(long nlines,	int undo)
 	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)	    // nothing to delete
 	    break;
 
-	ml_delete(first, TRUE);
+	ml_delete_flags(first, ML_DEL_MESSAGE);
 	++n;
 
 	// If we delete the last line in the file, stop

src/channel.c

@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ ch_logfile(char_u *fname, char_u *opt)
     if (log_fd != NULL)
     {
 	if (*fname != NUL)
-	    ch_log(NULL, "closing, opening %s", fname);
+	    ch_log(NULL, "closing this logfile, opening %s", fname);
 	else
-	    ch_log(NULL, "closing");
+	    ch_log(NULL, "closing logfile");
 	fclose(log_fd);
     }
 
@@ -955,6 +955,7 @@ channel_open(
     int			sd = -1;
     channel_T		*channel = NULL;
 #ifdef FEAT_IPV6
+    int			err;
     struct addrinfo	hints;
     struct addrinfo	*res = NULL;
     struct addrinfo	*addr = NULL;
@@ -986,10 +987,11 @@ channel_open(
     // Set port number manually in order to prevent name resolution services
     // from being invoked in the environment where AI_NUMERICSERV is not
     // defined.
-    if (getaddrinfo(hostname, NULL, &hints, &res) != 0)
+    if ((err = getaddrinfo(hostname, NULL, &hints, &res)) != 0)
     {
 	ch_error(channel, "in getaddrinfo() in channel_open()");
-	PERROR(_("E901: getaddrinfo() in channel_open()"));
+	semsg(_("E901: getaddrinfo() in channel_open(): %s"),
+							   gai_strerror(err));
 	channel_free(channel);
 	return NULL;
     }
@@ -997,8 +999,8 @@ channel_open(
     for (addr = res; addr != NULL; addr = addr->ai_next)
     {
 	const char  *dst = hostname;
-	const void  *src = NULL;
 # ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+	const void  *src = NULL;
 	char	    buf[NUMBUFLEN];
 # endif
 
@@ -1007,14 +1009,18 @@ channel_open(
 	    struct sockaddr_in6 *sai = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr->ai_addr;
 
 	    sai->sin6_port = htons(port);
+# ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
 	    src = &sai->sin6_addr;
+# endif
 	}
 	else if (addr->ai_family == AF_INET)
 	{
 	    struct sockaddr_in *sai = (struct sockaddr_in *)addr->ai_addr;
 
 	    sai->sin_port = htons(port);
+# ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
 	    src = &sai->sin_addr;
+#endif
 	}
 # ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
 	if (src != NULL)
@@ -1035,7 +1041,7 @@ channel_open(
 	if (waittime == 0)
 	    waittime = 1;
 
-	sd = channel_connect(channel, addr->ai_addr, addr->ai_addrlen,
+	sd = channel_connect(channel, addr->ai_addr, (int)addr->ai_addrlen,
 								   &waittime);
 	if (sd >= 0)
 	    break;
@@ -2397,7 +2403,7 @@ channel_get_json(
 	list_T	    *l = item->jq_value->vval.v_list;
 	typval_T    *tv;
 
-	range_list_materialize(l);
+	CHECK_LIST_MATERIALIZE(l);
 	tv = &l->lv_first->li_tv;
 
 	if ((without_callback || !item->jq_no_callback)
@@ -3938,7 +3944,7 @@ theend:
     free_job_options(&opt);
 }
 
-# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
+#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(__HAIKU__) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Check the channels for anything that is ready to be read.
  * The data is put in the read queue.
@@ -3971,9 +3977,23 @@ channel_handle_events(int only_keep_open)
 						     "channel_handle_events");
 	    }
 	}
+
+# ifdef __HAIKU__
+	// Workaround for Haiku: Since select/poll cannot detect EOF from tty,
+	// should close fds when the job has finished if 'channel' connects to
+	// the pty.
+	if (channel->ch_job != NULL)
+	{
+	    job_T *job = channel->ch_job;
+
+	    if (job->jv_tty_out != NULL && job->jv_status == JOB_FINISHED)
+		for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part)
+		    ch_close_part(channel, part);
+	}
+# endif
     }
 }
-# endif
+#endif
 
 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
@@ -4539,6 +4559,20 @@ channel_select_check(int ret_in, void *rfds_in, void *wfds_in)
 	    channel_write_input(channel);
 	    --ret;
 	}
+
+# ifdef __HAIKU__
+	// Workaround for Haiku: Since select/poll cannot detect EOF from tty,
+	// should close fds when the job has finished if 'channel' connects to
+	// the pty.
+	if (channel->ch_job != NULL)
+	{
+	    job_T *job = channel->ch_job;
+
+	    if (job->jv_tty_out != NULL && job->jv_status == JOB_FINISHED)
+		for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part)
+		    ch_close_part(channel, part);
+	}
+# endif
     }
 
     return ret;
@@ -5272,12 +5306,13 @@ get_job_options(typval_T *tv, jobopt_T *opt, int supported, int supported2)
 		    return FAIL;
 		}
 
-		range_list_materialize(item->vval.v_list);
+		CHECK_LIST_MATERIALIZE(item->vval.v_list);
 		li = item->vval.v_list->lv_first;
 		for (; li != NULL && n < 16; li = li->li_next, n++)
 		{
 		    char_u	*color_name;
 		    guicolor_T	guicolor;
+		    int		called_emsg_before = called_emsg;
 
 		    color_name = tv_get_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
 		    if (color_name == NULL)
@@ -5285,7 +5320,12 @@ get_job_options(typval_T *tv, jobopt_T *opt, int supported, int supported2)
 
 		    guicolor = GUI_GET_COLOR(color_name);
 		    if (guicolor == INVALCOLOR)
+		    {
+			if (called_emsg_before == called_emsg)
+			    // may not get the error if the GUI didn't start
+			    semsg(_(e_alloc_color), color_name);
 			return FAIL;
+		    }
 
 		    rgb[n] = GUI_MCH_GET_RGB(guicolor);
 		}
@@ -5699,7 +5739,7 @@ win32_build_cmd(list_T *l, garray_T *gap)
     listitem_T  *li;
     char_u	*s;
 
-    range_list_materialize(l);
+    CHECK_LIST_MATERIALIZE(l);
     FOR_ALL_LIST_ITEMS(l, li)
     {
 	s = tv_get_string_chk(&li->li_tv);

src/charset.c

@@ -1764,6 +1764,8 @@ vim_isblankline(char_u *lbuf)
  * If "prep" is not NULL, returns a flag to indicate the type of the number:
  *  0	    decimal
  *  '0'	    octal
+ *  'O'	    octal
+ *  'o'	    octal
  *  'B'	    bin
  *  'b'	    bin
  *  'X'	    hex
@@ -1783,8 +1785,8 @@ vim_isblankline(char_u *lbuf)
 vim_str2nr(
     char_u		*start,
     int			*prep,	    // return: type of number 0 = decimal, 'x'
-				    // or 'X' is hex, '0' = octal, 'b' or 'B'
-				    // is bin
+				    // or 'X' is hex, '0', 'o' or 'O' is octal,
+				    // 'b' or 'B' is bin
     int			*len,	    // return: detected length of number
     int			what,	    // what numbers to recognize
     varnumber_T		*nptr,	    // return: signed result
@@ -1822,6 +1824,11 @@ vim_str2nr(
 		&& (maxlen == 0 || maxlen > 2))
 	    // binary
 	    ptr += 2;
+	else if ((what & STR2NR_OOCT)
+		&& (pre == 'O' || pre == 'o') && vim_isbdigit(ptr[2])
+		&& (maxlen == 0 || maxlen > 2))
+	    // octal with prefix "0o"
+	    ptr += 2;
 	else
 	{
 	    // decimal or octal, default is decimal
@@ -1869,9 +1876,12 @@ vim_str2nr(
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    else if (pre == '0' || ((what & STR2NR_OCT) && (what & STR2NR_FORCE)))
+    else if (pre == 'O' || pre == 'o' ||
+		pre == '0' || ((what & STR2NR_OCT) && (what & STR2NR_FORCE)))
     {
 	// octal
+	if (pre != 0 && pre != '0')
+	    n += 2;	    // skip over "0o"
 	while ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '7')
 	{
 	    // avoid ubsan error for overflow

src/cindent.c

@@ -1845,6 +1845,9 @@ parse_cino(buf_T *buf)
     // Handle C++ extern "C" or "C++"
     buf->b_ind_cpp_extern_c = 0;
 
+    // Handle C #pragma directives
+    buf->b_ind_pragma = 0;
+
     for (p = buf->b_p_cino; *p; )
     {
 	l = p++;
@@ -1920,6 +1923,7 @@ parse_cino(buf_T *buf)
 	    case 'N': buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = n; break;
 	    case 'k': buf->b_ind_if_for_while = n; break;
 	    case 'E': buf->b_ind_cpp_extern_c = n; break;
+	    case 'P': buf->b_ind_pragma = n; break;
 	}
 	if (*p == ',')
 	    ++p;
@@ -2116,11 +2120,16 @@ get_c_indent(void)
 	goto laterend;
     }
 
-    // #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
+    // #defines and so on go at the left when included in 'cinkeys',
+    // exluding pragmas when customized in 'cinoptions'
     if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
     {
-	amount = curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment;
-	goto theend;
+	char_u *directive = skipwhite(theline + 1);
+	if (curbuf->b_ind_pragma == 0 || STRNCMP(directive, "pragma", 6) != 0)
+	{
+	    amount = curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment;
+	    goto theend;
+	}
     }
 
     // Is it a non-case label?	Then that goes at the left margin too unless:

src/clipboard.c

@@ -1317,7 +1317,12 @@ check_clipboard_option(void)
     }
     if (errmsg == NULL)
     {
-	clip_unnamed = new_unnamed;
+	if (global_busy)
+	    // clip_unnamed will be reset to clip_unnamed_saved
+	    // at end_global_changes
+	    clip_unnamed_saved = new_unnamed;
+	else
+	    clip_unnamed = new_unnamed;
 	clip_autoselect_star = new_autoselect_star;
 	clip_autoselect_plus = new_autoselect_plus;
 	clip_autoselectml = new_autoselectml;

src/config.h.in

@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 /* Define when __DATE__ " " __TIME__ can be used */
 #undef HAVE_DATE_TIME
 
+/* Defined from $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH, used as the build date */
+#undef BUILD_DATE
+
 /* Define when __attribute__((unused)) can be used */
 #undef HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
 
@@ -126,12 +129,6 @@
 #undef PTYRANGE0
 #undef PTYRANGE1
 
-/* Define mode for pty */
-#undef PTYMODE
-
-/* Define group for pty */
-#undef PTYGROUP
-
 /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
 #undef RETSIGTYPE
 
@@ -490,5 +487,11 @@
 /* Define if we have isnan() */
 #undef HAVE_ISNAN
 
+/* Define if we have dirfd() */
+#undef HAVE_DIRFD
+
+/* Define if we have flock() */
+#undef HAVE_FLOCK
+
 /* Define to inline symbol or empty */
 #undef inline

src/config.mk.in

@@ -169,6 +169,10 @@ MAKEMO		= @MAKEMO@
 MSGFMT		= @MSGFMT@
 MSGFMT_DESKTOP	= @MSGFMT_DESKTOP@
 
+### set if $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH was set when running configure
+BUILD_DATE_MSG	= @BUILD_DATE_MSG@
+
+
 # Make sure that "make first" will run "make all" once configure has done its
 # work.  This is needed when using the Makefile in the top directory.
 first: all

src/configure.ac

@@ -62,6 +62,18 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then
   fi
 fi
 
+dnl If $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is present in the environment, use that as the
+dnl "compiled" timestamp in :version's output.  Attempt to get the formatted
+dnl date using GNU date syntax, BSD date syntax, and finally falling back to
+dnl just using the current time.
+if test -n "$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH"; then
+  DATE_FMT="%b %d %Y %H:%M:%S"
+  BUILD_DATE=$(LC_ALL=C date -u -d "@$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH" "+$DATE_FMT" 2>/dev/null || LC_ALL=C date -u -r "$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH" "+$DATE_FMT" 2>/dev/null || LC_ALL=C date -u "+$DATE_FMT")
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_DATE, ["$BUILD_DATE"])
+  BUILD_DATE_MSG=-"echo -e '=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\nNOTE: build date/time is fixed: $BUILD_DATE\n=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-='"
+  AC_SUBST(BUILD_DATE_MSG)
+fi
+
 dnl Check for the flag that fails if stuff are missing.
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(--enable-fail-if-missing argument)
@@ -146,14 +158,6 @@ fi
 
 OS_EXTRA_SRC=""; OS_EXTRA_OBJ=""
 
-dnl Check for BeOS, which needs an extra source file
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for BeOS)
-case `uname` in
-    BeOS)	OS_EXTRA_SRC=os_beos.c; OS_EXTRA_OBJ=objects/os_beos.o
-		BEOS=yes; AC_MSG_RESULT(yes);;
-    *)		BEOS=no; AC_MSG_RESULT(no);;
-esac
-
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Haiku)
 case `uname` in
     Haiku) HAIKU=yes; AC_MSG_RESULT(yes);;
@@ -3673,77 +3677,6 @@ else
   AC_MSG_RESULT([don't know])
 fi
 
-dnl    ****  pty mode/group handling ****
-dnl
-dnl support provided by Luke Mewburn <lm@rmit.edu.au>, 931222
-rm -f conftest_grp
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([default tty permissions/group], [vim_cv_tty_group],
-  [
-    AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-main()
-{
-  struct stat sb;
-  char *x,*ttyname();
-  int om, m;
-  FILE *fp;
-
-  if (!(x = ttyname(0))) exit(1);
-  if (stat(x, &sb)) exit(1);
-  om = sb.st_mode;
-  if (om & 002) exit(0);
-  m = system("mesg y");
-  if (m == -1 || m == 127) exit(1);
-  if (stat(x, &sb)) exit(1);
-  m = sb.st_mode;
-  if (chmod(x, om)) exit(1);
-  if (m & 002) exit(0);
-  if (sb.st_gid == getgid()) exit(1);
-  if (!(fp=fopen("conftest_grp", "w")))
-    exit(1);
-  fprintf(fp, "%d\n", sb.st_gid);
-  fclose(fp);
-  exit(0);
-}
-    ]])],[
-      if test -f conftest_grp; then
-	vim_cv_tty_group=`cat conftest_grp`
-	if test "x$vim_cv_tty_mode" = "x" ; then
-	  vim_cv_tty_mode=0620
-	fi
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([pty mode: $vim_cv_tty_mode, group: $vim_cv_tty_group])
-      else
-	vim_cv_tty_group=world
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([ptys are world accessible])
-      fi
-    ],[
-      vim_cv_tty_group=world
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([can't determine - assume ptys are world accessible])
-    ],[
-      AC_MSG_ERROR(cross-compiling: please set 'vim_cv_tty_group' and 'vim_cv_tty_mode')
-    ])
-  ])
-rm -f conftest_grp
-
-if test "x$vim_cv_tty_group" != "xworld" ; then
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PTYGROUP,$vim_cv_tty_group)
-  if test "x$vim_cv_tty_mode" = "x" ; then
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([It seems you're cross compiling and have 'vim_cv_tty_group' set, please also set the environment variable 'vim_cv_tty_mode' to the correct mode (probably 0620)])
-  else
-    AC_DEFINE(PTYMODE, 0620)
-  fi
-fi
-
 dnl Checks for library functions. ===================================
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
@@ -4131,6 +4064,21 @@ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdio.h>], [rename("this", "that")],
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes); AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RENAME),
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
 
+dnl check for dirfd()
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for dirfd)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+[#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>],
+[DIR * dir=opendir("dirname"); dirfd(dir);],
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes); AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIRFD), AC_MSG_RESULT(not usable))
+
+dnl check for flock()
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for flock)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+[#include <sys/file.h>],
+[flock(10, LOCK_SH);],
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes); AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FLOCK), AC_MSG_RESULT(not usable))
+
 dnl sysctl() may exist but not the arguments we use
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for sysctl)
 AC_TRY_COMPILE(

src/dict.c

@@ -104,29 +104,38 @@ rettv_dict_set(typval_T *rettv, dict_T *d)
  */
     void
 dict_free_contents(dict_T *d)
+{
+    hashtab_free_contents(&d->dv_hashtab);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clear hashtab "ht" and dict items it contains.
+ */
+    void
+hashtab_free_contents(hashtab_T *ht)
 {
     int		todo;
     hashitem_T	*hi;
     dictitem_T	*di;
 
     // Lock the hashtab, we don't want it to resize while freeing items.
-    hash_lock(&d->dv_hashtab);
-    todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used;
-    for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
+    hash_lock(ht);
+    todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
+    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
     {
 	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
 	{
 	    // Remove the item before deleting it, just in case there is
 	    // something recursive causing trouble.
 	    di = HI2DI(hi);
-	    hash_remove(&d->dv_hashtab, hi);
+	    hash_remove(ht, hi);
 	    dictitem_free(di);
 	    --todo;
 	}
     }
 
-    // The hashtab is still locked, it has to be re-initialized anyway
-    hash_clear(&d->dv_hashtab);
+    // The hashtab is still locked, it has to be re-initialized anyway.
+    hash_clear(ht);
 }
 
     static void
@@ -782,8 +791,9 @@ get_literal_key(char_u **arg, typval_T *tv)
  * Return OK or FAIL.  Returns NOTDONE for {expr}.
  */
     int
-eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int literal)
+eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int flags, int literal)
 {
+    int		evaluate = flags & EVAL_EVALUATE;
     dict_T	*d = NULL;
     typval_T	tvkey;
     typval_T	tv;
@@ -791,6 +801,7 @@ eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int literal)
     dictitem_T	*item;
     char_u	*start = skipwhite(*arg + 1);
     char_u	buf[NUMBUFLEN];
+    int		vim9script = current_sctx.sc_version == SCRIPT_VERSION_VIM9;
 
     /*
      * First check if it's not a curly-braces thing: {expr}.
@@ -799,9 +810,9 @@ eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int literal)
      * first item.
      * But {} is an empty Dictionary.
      */
-    if (*start != '}')
+    if (!vim9script && *start != '}')
     {
-	if (eval1(&start, &tv, FALSE) == FAIL)	// recursive!
+	if (eval1(&start, &tv, 0) == FAIL)	// recursive!
 	    return FAIL;
 	if (*start == '}')
 	    return NOTDONE;
@@ -821,7 +832,7 @@ eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int literal)
     {
 	if ((literal
 		? get_literal_key(arg, &tvkey)
-		: eval1(arg, &tvkey, evaluate)) == FAIL)	// recursive!
+		: eval1(arg, &tvkey, flags)) == FAIL)	// recursive!
 	    goto failret;
 
 	if (**arg != ':')
@@ -843,7 +854,7 @@ eval_dict(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int literal)
 	}
 
 	*arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1);
-	if (eval1(arg, &tv, evaluate) == FAIL)	// recursive!
+	if (eval1(arg, &tv, flags) == FAIL)	// recursive!
 	{
 	    if (evaluate)
 		clear_tv(&tvkey);

src/diff.c

@@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ ex_diffgetput(exarg_T *eap)
 	    {
 		// remember deleting the last line of the buffer
 		buf_empty = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count == 1;
-		ml_delete(lnum, FALSE);
+		ml_delete(lnum);
 		--added;
 	    }
 	    for (i = 0; i < dp->df_count[idx_from] - start_skip - end_skip; ++i)
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ ex_diffgetput(exarg_T *eap)
 			// Added the first line into an empty buffer, need to
 			// delete the dummy empty line.
 			buf_empty = FALSE;
-			ml_delete((linenr_T)2, FALSE);
+			ml_delete((linenr_T)2);
 		    }
 		}
 	    }

src/drawline.c

@@ -1177,6 +1177,12 @@ win_line(
 		    c_final = NUL;
 		    n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp,
 				       ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE));
+		    if (row == startrow)
+		    {
+			n_extra -= win_col_off2(wp);
+			if (n_extra < 0)
+			    n_extra = 0;
+		    }
 		    if (wp->w_skipcol > 0 && wp->w_p_wrap && wp->w_briopt_sbr)
 			need_showbreak = FALSE;
 		    // Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent',